libpng.3 256.2 KB
Newer Older
1
.TH LIBPNG 3 "November 1, 2012"
2
.SH NAME
3
libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.6.0beta32
4
.SH SYNOPSIS
5 6 7 8 9
\fI\fB

\fB#include <png.h>\fP

\fI\fB
10

11 12
\fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number \fI(void\fP\fB);\fP

13 14
\fI\fB

15 16
\fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

17 18
\fI\fB

19 20
\fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP

21 22
\fI\fB

23 24
\fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

25 26
\fI\fB

27 28
\fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

29 30
\fI\fB

31 32
\fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

33 34
\fI\fB

35 36
\fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

37 38
\fI\fB

39 40
\fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

41 42
\fI\fB

43 44
\fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

45 46
\fI\fB

47 48
\fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP

49 50
\fI\fB

51 52
\fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

53 54
\fI\fB

55
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
56

57 58
\fI\fB

59
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
60

61 62
\fI\fB

63
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
64

65 66
\fI\fB

67 68
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP

69 70
\fI\fB

71
\fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask)\fP\fB);\fP
72

73 74
\fI\fB

75 76
\fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

77 78
\fI\fB

79 80
\fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

81 82
\fI\fB

83 84
\fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

85 86
\fI\fB

87 88
\fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

89 90
\fI\fB

91 92
\fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

93 94
\fI\fB

95 96
\fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP

97 98
\fI\fB

99 100
\fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

101 102
\fI\fB

103
\fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
104

105 106
\fI\fB

107
\fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP
108

109 110
\fI\fB

111
\fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
112

113 114
\fI\fB

115
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP
116

117 118
\fI\fB

119
\fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
120

121 122
\fI\fB

123
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
124

125 126
\fI\fB

127
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
128

129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139
\fI\fB

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fIpng_ptr,

\fBpng_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*red_Z,

\fBdouble \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_X,

\fBdouble \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
140

141 142
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

143 144
\fI\fB

145 146
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

147 148
\fI\fB

149
\fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
150

151 152
\fI\fB

153
\fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
154

155 156
\fI\fB

157
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
158

159 160
\fI\fB

161
\fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
162

163 164
\fI\fB

165
\fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
166

167 168
\fI\fB

169 170
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

171 172
\fI\fB

173 174
\fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

175 176
\fI\fB

177
\fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
178

179 180
\fI\fB

181
\fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
182

183 184
\fI\fB

185
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
186

187 188
\fI\fB

189
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
190

191 192
\fI\fB

193
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
194

195 196
\fI\fB

197
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
198

199 200
\fI\fB

201
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP
202

203 204
\fI\fB

205
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP
206

207 208
\fI\fB

209 210
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP

211 212
\fI\fB

213
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
214

215 216
\fI\fB

217
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
218

219 220
\fI\fB

221 222
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

223 224
\fI\fB

225
\fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
226

227 228
\fI\fB

229
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
230

231 232
\fI\fB

233
\fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
234

235 236
\fI\fB

237
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
238

239 240
\fI\fB

241
\fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
242

243 244
\fI\fB

245
\fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
246

247 248
\fI\fB

249
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
250

251 252
\fI\fB

253
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP
254

255 256
\fI\fB

257
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
258

259 260
\fI\fB

261
\fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
262

263 264
\fI\fB

265
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
266

267 268
\fI\fB

269
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
270

271 272
\fI\fB

273
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
274

275 276
\fI\fB

277
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
278

279 280
\fI\fB

281
\fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
282

283 284
\fI\fB

285
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP
286

287 288 289 290 291 292 293
\fI\fB

\fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr)

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
294

295
\fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
296

297 298
\fI\fB

299
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
300

301 302
\fI\fB

303
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
304

305 306
\fI\fB

307
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
308

309 310
\fI\fB

311
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
312

313 314
\fI\fB

315
\fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
316

317 318
\fI\fB

319
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
320

321 322
\fI\fB

323
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
324

325 326
\fI\fB

327
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP
328

329 330
\fI\fB

331
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP
332

333 334
\fI\fB

335
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP
336

337 338 339 340 341 342 343
\fI\fB

\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/

\fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
344

345
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
346

347 348 349 350 351 352 353
\fI\fB

\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
354

355
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP
356

357 358
\fI\fB

359
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
360

361 362
\fI\fB

363
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
364

365 366
\fI\fB

367
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
368

369 370
\fI\fB

371
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
372

373 374
\fI\fB

375
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP
376

377 378
\fI\fB

379
\fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
380

381 382
\fI\fB

383
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
384

385 386
\fI\fB

387
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
388

389 390
\fI\fB

391
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
392

393 394
\fI\fB

395
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
396

397 398
\fI\fB

399
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
400

401 402
\fI\fB

403
\fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
404

405 406
\fI\fB

407
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
408

409 410
\fI\fB

411
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
412

413 414
\fI\fB

415
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
416

417 418
\fI\fB

419
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
420

421 422
\fI\fB

423
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
424

425 426
\fI\fB

427 428
\fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP

429 430
\fI\fB

431 432
\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fI*file_name\fP\fB);\fP

433 434
\fI\fB

435 436
\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE* \fIfile\fP\fB);\fP

437 438
\fI\fB

439 440
\fBint, png_image_begin_read_from_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_const_voidp \fP\fImemory\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

441 442
\fI\fB

443
\fBint png_image_finish_read (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIbackground\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
444

445 446
\fI\fB

447 448
\fBvoid png_image_free (png_imagep \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

449 450
\fI\fB

451
\fBint png_image_write_to_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
452

453 454
\fI\fB

455
\fBint png_image_write_to_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP
456

457 458
\fI\fB

459 460
\fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP

461 462
\fI\fB

463
\fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP
464

465 466
\fI\fB

467 468
\fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP

469 470
\fI\fB

471
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
472

473 474
\fI\fB

475 476
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

477 478
\fI\fB

479 480
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

481 482
\fI\fB

483
\fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP
484

485 486
\fI\fB

487
\fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP
488

489 490
\fI\fB

491 492
\fBpng_size_t png_process_data_pause \fP\fI(png_structp\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP

493 494
\fI\fB

495 496
\fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip \fI(png_structp\fP\fB);\fP

497 498
\fI\fB

499
\fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP
500

501 502
\fI\fB

503
\fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
504

505 506
\fI\fB

507
\fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
508

509 510
\fI\fB

511
\fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
512

513 514
\fI\fB

515
\fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
516

517 518
\fI\fB

519
\fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP
520

521 522
\fI\fB

523
\fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
524

525 526
\fI\fB

527
\fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
528

529 530
\fI\fB

531 532
\fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

533 534
\fI\fB

535
\fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
536

537 538
\fI\fB

539 540
\fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

541 542
\fI\fB

543 544
\fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557
\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
558

559
\fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
560

561 562
\fI\fB

563 564
\fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

565 566
\fI\fB

567 568
\fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

569 570
\fI\fB

571
\fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
572

573 574
\fI\fB

575
\fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP
576

577 578
\fI\fB

579 580
\fBvoid png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

581 582
\fI\fB

583
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
584

585 586
\fI\fB

587 588
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP

589 590 591 592 593 594 595
\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fIgreen_Y,

\fBdouble \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
596 597 598

\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

599 600
\fI\fB

601 602
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

603 604
\fI\fB

605
\fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
606

607 608
\fI\fB

609
\fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
610

611 612
\fI\fB

613
\fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
614

615 616
\fI\fB

617
\fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
618

619 620
\fI\fB

621
\fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
622

623 624
\fI\fB

625
\fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP
626

627 628
\fI\fB

629
\fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP
630

631 632
\fI\fB

633
\fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
634

635 636
\fI\fB

637
\fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
638

639 640
\fI\fB

641
\fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
642

643 644
\fI\fB

645
\fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
646

647 648
\fI\fB

649
\fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP
650

651 652
\fI\fB

653
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
654

655 656
\fI\fB

657 658
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP

659 660
\fI\fB

661
\fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP
662

663 664
\fI\fB

665
\fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
666

667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675
\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
676

677 678
\fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

679 680
\fI\fB

681
\fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
682

683 684
\fI\fB

685
\fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
686

687 688
\fI\fB

689
\fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP
690

691 692
\fI\fB

693
\fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP
694

695 696
\fI\fB

697
\fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
698

699 700
\fI\fB

701 702
\fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP

703 704
\fI\fB

705
\fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
706

707 708
\fI\fB

709
\fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
710

711 712
\fI\fB

713
\fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP
714

715 716
\fI\fB

717
\fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP
718

719 720
\fI\fB

721 722
\fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP

723 724
\fI\fB

725 726
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

727 728
\fI\fB

729 730
\fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

731 732
\fI\fB

733
\fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
734

735 736
\fI\fB

737
\fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
738

739 740
\fI\fB

741
\fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
742

743 744
\fI\fB

745
\fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
746

747 748
\fI\fB

749
\fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
750

751 752
\fI\fB

753
\fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
754

755 756
\fI\fB

757
\fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
758

759 760
\fI\fB

761
\fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP
762

763 764
\fI\fB

765
\fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP
766

767 768
\fI\fB

769 770
\fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP

771 772
\fI\fB

773
\fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP
774

775 776
\fI\fB

777
\fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
778

779 780
\fI\fB

781 782
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP

783 784
\fI\fB

785
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
786

787 788
\fI\fB

789 790
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP

791 792
\fI\fB

793
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
794

795 796
\fI\fB

797 798
\fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP

799 800
\fI\fB

801 802
\fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP

803 804
\fI\fB

805 806
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

807 808
\fI\fB

809 810
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819
\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB

\fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fI\fB
820

821 822
\fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP

823 824
\fI\fB

825 826
\fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP

827 828
\fI\fB

829
\fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP
830

831 832
\fI\fB

833
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
834

835 836
\fI\fB

837
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
838

839 840
\fI\fB

841 842
\fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

843 844
\fI\fB

845 846
\fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

847 848
\fI\fB

849 850
\fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP

851 852
\fI\fB

853 854
\fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

855 856
\fI\fB

857 858
\fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

859 860
\fI\fB

861 862
\fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP

863 864
\fI\fB

865 866
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP

867 868
\fI\fB

869 870
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP

871 872
\fI\fB

873 874
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP

875 876
\fI\fB

877 878
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP

879 880
\fI\fB

881 882
\fBvoid \fP\fIpng_set_text_compression_method\fP\fB, (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod)\fP\fB);\fP

883 884
\fI\fB

885 886
\fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP

887 888
\fI\fB

889
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP
890

891 892
\fI\fB

893
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
894

895 896
\fI\fB

897 898
\fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP

899 900
\fI\fB

901
\fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
902

903 904
\fI\fB

905 906
\fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP

907 908
\fI\fB

909 910
\fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP

911 912
\fI\fB

913 914
\fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP

915 916
\fI\fB

917 918
\fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP

919 920
\fI\fB

921 922
\fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP

923 924
\fI\fB

925 926
\fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, png_size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, png_size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP

927 928
\fI\fB

929 930
\fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

931 932
\fI\fB

933 934
\fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

935 936
\fI\fB

937 938
\fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

939 940
\fI\fB

941 942
\fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

943 944
\fI\fB

945 946
\fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

947 948
\fI\fB

949 950
\fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

951 952
\fI\fB

953 954
\fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

955 956
\fI\fB

957 958
\fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

959 960
\fI\fB

961 962
\fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

963 964
\fI\fB

965 966
\fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

967 968
\fI\fB

969 970
\fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

971 972
\fI\fB

973
\fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
974

975 976
\fI\fB

977 978
\fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP

979 980
\fI\fB

981 982
\fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP

983 984
\fI\fB

985 986
\fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

987 988
\fI\fB

989 990 991 992 993 994 995
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.I libpng
library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of
the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files.  It uses the
.IR zlib(3)
compression library.
996
Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng.
997
.SH LIBPNG.TXT
998
libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
999

1000
 libpng version 1.6.0beta32 - November 1, 2012
1001
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
1002
 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
1003
 Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
1004

1005
 This document is released under the libpng license.
1006
 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
1007
 and license in png.h
1008

1009 1010
 Based on:

1011
 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.0beta32 - November 1, 2012
1012
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
1013
 Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
1014

1015
 libpng 1.0 beta 6  version 0.96 May 28, 1997
1016
 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
1017 1018
 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger

1019
 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88  January 26, 1996
1020 1021
 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
1022
 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
1023 1024

 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
1025 1026
 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
1027

1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

    I. Introduction
   II. Structures
  III. Reading
   IV. Writing
1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045
    V. Simplified API
   VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
  VII. MNG support
 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
   IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
    X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
   XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
  XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
 XIII. Detecting libpng
  XIV. Source code repository
   XV. Coding style
  XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
1046

1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054
.SH I. Introduction

This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
(known as libpng) for your own use.  There are five sections to this
file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and
configuration notes for various special platforms.  In addition to this
file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
1055 1056
will need.  We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng.
1057

1058
For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
1059 1060
and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
the libpng distribution.
1061

1062 1063
Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
1064 1065
file format in application programs.

1066
The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
1067
a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
1068 1069 1070 1071
<http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.

The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
1072 1073
<http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.  It is technically equivalent
to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
1074 1075

The PNG-1.0 specification is available
1076
as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a
1077 1078 1079
W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>.

Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
1080
documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.
1081 1082

Other information
1083
about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
1084
page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100

Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
users may want to modify it more.  All attempts were made to make it as
complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
Currently, this library only supports C.  Support for other languages
is being considered.

Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
to use.  The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
the PNG file format in whatever way possible.  While there is still
work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
majority of the needs of its users.

Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
1101
Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
1102
be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>.
1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112
The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
find the libpng source files.

Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
instances of the structures.  Each thread should have its own
png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
1113
same instance of a structure.
1114 1115 1116 1117

.SH II. Structures

There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
1118 1119
and png_info.  Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
1120 1121 1122 1123 1124

The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
PNG file.  At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
directly accessible to the user.  However, this tended to cause problems
with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
1125
a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
1126 1127
functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
deprecated..
1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135

The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
single image.  As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.

Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
to png_info as the second argument.  Some application visible macros
defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142
integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
function.

You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148

The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:

#include <png.h>

1149 1150 1151 1152
and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:

#include <zlib.h>

1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159
.SS Types

The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
APIs.  Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.

One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled.  For application
1160 1161
convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
1162 1163 1164 1165
the value by multiplying by 100,000.  As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
which is simply (png_int_32).

1166
All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
1167
takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments.  The fixed point
1168
API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
1169 1170 1171 1172 1173
The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474).  When APIs require
a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above.  Consult
the header file and the text below for more information.

1174 1175 1176 1177
Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
numbers.  See the comments in the header file.

1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185
.SS Configuration

The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
preprocessing directives of the form:

    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    declare-function
    #endif
1186 1187 1188 1189
    ...
    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    use-function
    #endif
1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197

The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
standard build will have all implemented APIs.  Application programs
should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
portability.  From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
is always included by png.h.

1198
If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229
the next section ("Reading").

Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h.  This means that these build
systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
support the default configuration.

The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
using (typically) CPPFLAGS.  For example:

CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC

will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
floating point support.  The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.

If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
form of 'option' settings.

A. Changing pnglibconf.h

A variety of methods exist to build libpng.  Not all of these support
reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h.  To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.

1230 1231 1232 1233 1234
Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
that describes those features and their requirements.  This is easy to get
wrong.
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240

B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA

Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available.  The configure build will
automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
1241 1242 1243
The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
directory use this approach.
1244

1245
When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
1246
DFA_XTRA to the name of this file.  This causes the build to append the new file
1247 1248
to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
of the following forms:
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271

everything = off

This turns all optional features off.  Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
make it easier to build a minimal configuration.  You will need to turn at least
some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.

option feature on
option feature off

Enable or disable a single feature.  This will automatically enable other
features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
require a feature which is turned off.  Conflicting settings will cause an error
message to be emitted by awk.

setting feature default value

Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'.  There are a small
number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
source code.  Most of these values have performance implications for the library
but most of them have no visible effect on the API.  Some can also be overridden
from the API.

1272 1273 1274 1275
This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
contrib/pngminim/*.  See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
pngusr.dfa in these directories.

1276 1277 1278 1279
C. Configuration using PNG_USR_CONFIG

If -DPNG_USR_CONFIG is added to the CFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built the file
pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
1280 1281
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed.  Your pngusr.h file should contain only
macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311

Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
can be set using macros in pngusr.h:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

is equivalent to:

option feature on

#define PNG_NO_feature

is equivalent to:

option feature off

#define PNG_feature value

is equivalent to:

setting feature default value

Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa

If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
dependency information for each setting and option.  Simply locate the
feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.

1312 1313 1314
This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
pngusr.h.

1315 1316 1317
.SH III. Reading

We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324
in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
of each one.  See example.c and png.h for more detail.  While
progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
file.

.SS Setup
1325 1326 1327 1328 1329

You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo.  Of course, you
will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
file.  Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
1330
To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
1331 1332 1333 1334
png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
prediction.
1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349

If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read()
with the number of bytes you read from the beginning.  Libpng will
then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.

(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
to replace them with custom functions.  See the discussion under
Customizing libpng.


    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
    if (!fp)
    {
1350
       return (ERROR);
1351
    }
1352

1353
    fread(header, 1, number, fp);
1354
    is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
1355

1356 1357
    if (!is_png)
    {
1358
       return (NOT_PNG);
1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369
    }


Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.  In
order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
allocate the structures.  We also pass the library version, optional
pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used).  See the section
on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
1370 1371
The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
create the structure, so your application should check for that.
1372 1373

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
1374
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
1375
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
1376

1377
    if (!png_ptr)
1378
       return (ERROR);
1379 1380

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
1381

1382 1383
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
1384
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
1385
           (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
1386
       return (ERROR);
1387 1388
    }

1389
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
1390
use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
1391 1392 1393
png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
1394
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
handling and memory alloc/free functions.
1402

1403
When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
1404
to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
1405
your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you read the file from different
1406
routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
1407
a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
1408 1409

See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
1410 1411 1412
information on setjmp/longjmp.  See the discussion on libpng error
handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
on the libpng error handling.  If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
1413 1414 1415
back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
free any memory.

1416
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
1417
    {
1418
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
1419
           &end_info);
1420 1421
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
1422 1423
    }

1424 1425 1426
Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
an end_info structure.

1427
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
1428
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
1429 1430
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

1431 1432 1433 1434
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450
Now you need to set up the input code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fread().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  If you wish to handle reading data in another
way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);

1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459
You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
reading compressed data with

    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);

where the default size is 8192 bytes.  Note that the buffer size
is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.

1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484
If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
the default, use

    png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);

The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
therein.  Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical
chunk.

Choices for (int) crit_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

Choices for (int) ancil_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2  warn/discard data
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

1485 1486 1487 1488 1489
.SS Setting up callback code

You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
input stream. You must supply the function

1490
    read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
1491 1492 1493
         png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
    {
       /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
1494 1495 1496
          chunk data, along with similar data for any other
          unknown chunks: */

1497 1498 1499
           png_byte name[5];
           png_byte *data;
           png_size_t size;
1500

1501 1502
       /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
          the CRC handling */
1503

1504 1505 1506
       /* put your code here.  Search for your chunk in the
          unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
          of the following: */
1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525

       return (-n); /* chunk had an error */
       return (0); /* did not recognize */
       return (n); /* success */
    }

(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
"read_chunk_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
        read_chunk_callback);

This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
you can retrieve with

    png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);

1526 1527 1528 1529 1530
If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need
one or more of them.  This behavior can be changed with the
png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below.

1531 1532 1533 1534 1535
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

1536 1537
    void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
       png_uint_32 row, int pass);
1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
1547

1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

1561 1562 1563 1564 1565
.SS Unknown-chunk handling

Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read.  Normal
behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
1566 1567 1568
various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
chunk types. To change this, you can call:
1569

1570
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
1571
        chunk_list, num_chunks);
1572

1573 1574
    keep       - 0: default unknown chunk handling
                 1: ignore; do not keep
1575 1576
                 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
                 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
1577

1578 1579 1580 1581 1582
               You can use these definitions:
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT   0
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER        1
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE      2
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS       3
1583

1584 1585
    chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
                 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
1586 1587
                 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
                 numchunks <= 0).
1588

1589
    num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595
                 unknown chunks are affected.  If positive,
                 only the chunks in the list are affected,
                 and if negative all unknown chunks and
                 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
                 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
                 affected.
1596

1597 1598 1599 1600 1601
Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
list of png_unknown_chunk structures.  If a chunk that is normally
known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
according to the "keep" directive.  If a chunk is named in successive
instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
1602 1603
take precedence.  The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
1604 1605
If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
1606

1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629
Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
callback function:

    png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112,  65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      png_byte unused_chunks[]=
      {
        104,  73,  83,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* hIST */
        105,  84,  88, 116, (png_byte) '\0',   /* iTXt */
        112,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* pCAL */
        115,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sCAL */
        115,  80,  76,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sPLT */
        116,  73,  77,  69, (png_byte) '\0',   /* tIME */
      };
    #endif

    ...

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      /* ignore all unknown chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0);
1630

1631 1632
      /* except for vpAg: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
1633

1634 1635 1636 1637 1638
      /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
         (int)sizeof(unused_chunks)/5);
    #endif

1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645
.SS User limits

The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
Since very few applications really need to process such large images,
we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns.
Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
1646
you wish to change this limit, you can use
1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655

   png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);

to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL
to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images
anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).

You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
1656 1657 1658 1659

When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
png_write_info() or png_write_png().

1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674
If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use

   width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
   height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);

The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
allowed in a PNG datastream.  You can impose a limit on the total number
of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with

   png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);

where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited.  You can retrieve this limit with

   chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);

1675 1676 1677
This limit also applies to the number of buffers that can be allocated
by png_decompress_chunk() while decompressing iTXt, zTXt, and iCCP chunks.

1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689
You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk
other than IDAT can occupy, with

   png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);

and you can retrieve the limit with

   chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);

Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
be ignored.

1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695
.SS Information about your system

If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.

1696
From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
1697 1698 1699 1700
header.  In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
exist.

1701
If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
1702 1703
as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
described in the appropriate manual page.
1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713

You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
value.  You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
case the required information is missing from the file.  By default libpng
assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:

   png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1/screen_gamma/*file gamma*/);

or you can use the fixed point equivalent:

1714 1715
   png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
      PNG_FP_1/screen_gamma);
1716

1717
If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723
approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB).  If images are
too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
documentation!

Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
1724
default.  As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
1725 1726
situations:

1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735
   PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
                     IEC 61966-2-1 standard.  This matches almost
                     all systems.
   PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
                     (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
                     the default settings.
   PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
                     that the system expects data with no gamma
                     encoding.
1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748

You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
values further because this avoids the need to decode and reencode each
component value whenever arithmetic is performed.  A lot of graphics software
uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
to preserve overall accuracy.

The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
alpha channel information.  Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
channel.  To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.

Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
1749
see below).  Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
1750 1751
you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:

1752 1753 1754 1755 1756
   #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
      png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
   #else
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
   #endif
1757

1758 1759 1760
The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
how it affects the output depends on the mode.  png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
1761 1762 1763
png_set_gamma.  If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
by png_set_alpha_mode().
1764 1765 1766

The mode is as follows:

1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784
    PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG specification.  Red,
green and blue, or gray, components are gamma encoded color
values and are not premultiplied by the alpha value.  The
alpha value is a linear measure of the contribution of the
pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.

You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
unnecessarily complex.

Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
channel.  See the PNG specification for more detail.  It is
important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
be used!
1785 1786

The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
1787
that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
1788 1789
probably doesn't!)

1790 1791
    PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:  The data libpng produces
is encoded in the standard way
1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820
assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
alpha channel.

With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
it is broken - check out the modes below.

With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply.  The
screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.

If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
will override the linear encoding.  Instead the
pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
the alpha channel will still be linear.  This may
actually match the requirements of some broken software,
but it is unlikely.

While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
dynamic range.  To avoid problems, and if your software
supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
components to 16 bits.

1821 1822
    PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same
as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD except that
1823 1824 1825 1826 1827
completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
the screen_gamma value.  Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
will still have linear components.

Use this format if you have control over your
1828
compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841
(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng.  Your
compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
the output but still has linear values for the
non-opaque pixels.

In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.

You can also try this format if your software is broken;
it might look better.

1842 1843
    PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD;
however, all component values,
1844 1845
including the alpha channel are gamma encoded.  This is
an appropriate format to try if your software, or more
1846
likely hardware, is totally broken, i.e., if it performs
1847
linear arithmetic directly on gamma encoded values.
1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855

In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the final display
manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the image.  You may not
even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of the image may simply appear
separate from the background, as though it had been cut out of paper and pasted
on afterward.

If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
1856
them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
1857

1858 1859
   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
       screen_gamma);
1860

1861
You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
1862
support color correction internally).  When you handle the alpha channel
1863 1864 1865 1866
you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
       screen_gamma);
1867 1868
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

1869
If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876
instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.

With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
       screen_gamma);
1877

1878 1879 1880
You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output.  Since this
1881
mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
1882
software.
1883 1884

If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
1885 1886
png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color.  Don't
call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
1887 1888
transparent parts of this image.

1889 1890
   png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
       PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
1891 1892 1893

The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
libpng will produce for you.  Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
1894
file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
1895 1896 1897 1898
format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate.  The color contains
separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
1899
must always be converted to at least 8-bit format.  (Even though low bit depth
1900 1901 1902 1903 1904
grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
color!)

You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface.  For reference the
1905
settings and API calls required are:
1906 1907

8-bit values:
1908 1909
   PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
   png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
1910

1911 1912
   If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
   produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
1913
   use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
1914 1915
   instead.

1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924
16-bit values:
   PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB.  If you just want
color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
to the list.

Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
1925
prior to libpng-1.5.4.  Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
1926
errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
1927
been read.  Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
1928 1929
used with the high level interface.

1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938
.SS The high-level read interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
you want to do are limited to the following set:

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
1939 1940 1941 1942
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16      Strip 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit accurately
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16      Chop 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit less accurately
1943
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA   Discard the alpha channel
1944 1945 1946 1947
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
                                samples to bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
1948 1949
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND        Perform set_expand()
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
1958
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
1959 1960
    PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB   Expand grayscale samples
                                to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
1961
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16     Expand samples to 16 bits
1962 1963

(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
1964
quantizing, and setting filler.)  If this is the case, simply do this:
1965 1966 1967

    png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

1968 1969
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
set of transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
1970
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
1971
then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
1972

1973 1974 1975
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)

1976 1977 1978
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_read_png().

1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
with

   row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);

where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with

1991
   if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte))
1992
      png_error (png_ptr,
1993 1994
          "Image is too tall to process in memory");

1995 1996
   if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
      png_error (png_ptr,
1997 1998
          "Image is too wide to process in memory");

1999
   row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
2000 2001
       height*png_sizeof(png_bytep));

2002 2003
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
      row_pointers[i]=NULL;  /* security precaution */
2004

2005
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
2006
      row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
2007 2008
          width*pixel_size);

2009
   png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block.

If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).

If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
2018
do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024

.SS The low-level read interface

If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
the file information up to the actual image data.  You do this with a
call to png_read_info().
2025 2026 2027

    png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2028 2029
This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.

2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035
This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
for use in later transformations.  Important information copied in is:

1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk.  This overwrites the default value
provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.

2036
2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk.  This
2037
damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
2038
resulting in unexpected behavior.  Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045

3) The number of significant bits in each component value.  Libpng uses this to
optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.

4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk.  This can be modified by
a later call to png_set_tRNS.

2046
.SS Querying the info structure
2047

2048 2049 2050
Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
has been read.  Note that these fields may not be completely filled
in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
2051 2052 2053

    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
       &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
2054
       &compression_type, &filter_method);
2055 2056 2057

    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
2058

2059 2060
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
2061

2062 2063 2064 2065 2066
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.  (valid values are
                     1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
                     the color_type.  See also
                     significant bits (sBIT) below).
2067

2068 2069 2070 2071
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha channels
                         are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
2072
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090
    interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)

    compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0)

2091 2092 2093 2094 2095
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0, and can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
                     the PNG datastream is embedded in
                     a MNG-1.0 datastream)
2096 2097

    Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or
2098 2099
    filter_method can be NULL if you are
    not interested in their values.
2100

2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109
    Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
    the application's width and height variables.
    This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit
    variables.  In such situations, the
    png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
    functions described below are safer.

    width            = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
2110

2111 2112
    height           = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
2113

2114 2115
    bit_depth        = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
2116

2117 2118
    color_type       = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
2119

2120
    interlace_type   = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
2121
                         info_ptr);
2122

2123 2124
    compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
2125

2126
    filter_method    = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
2127 2128
                         info_ptr);

2129
    channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2130

2131 2132 2133 2134
    channels       - number of channels of info for the
                     color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
                     PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
                     4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
2135

2136
    rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2137

2138 2139 2140
    rowbytes       - number of bytes needed to hold a row

    signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2141

2142 2143 2144
    signature      - holds the signature read from the
                     file (if any).  The data is kept in
                     the same offset it would be if the
2145
                     whole signature were read (i.e. if an
2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155
                     application had already read in 4
                     bytes of signature before starting
                     libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
                     be in signature[4] through signature[7]
                     (see png_set_sig_bytes())).

These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
has been read.  The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
data has been read, or zero if it is missing.  The parameters to the
2156 2157
png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
2158

2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167
The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
is simply returned to give the application information about how the
image was encoded.  Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
within the simplified API.  Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
png_set_rgb_to_gray()).

2168 2169
    png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
                     &num_palette);
2170

2171 2172
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
2173

2174 2175
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

2176
    png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
2177
    png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
2178

2179 2180 2181 2182 2183
    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the file is
                     written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)

    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
                     file is written
2184

2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193
    png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
                     &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
                     &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
                     &blue_Z)
    png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
                     &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
                     &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
                     &int_blue_y)
2194
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
2195 2196 2197
                     &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
                     &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
                     &int_blue_Z)
2198 2199

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
2200 2201 2202
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     chromaticities of the end points and the
                     white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
2203 2204

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
                     specification of the intended color of the red,
                     green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
                     The white point is simply the sum of the three
                     end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
2211

2212
    png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
2213

2214
    file_srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220
                     The presence of the sRGB chunk
                     means that the pixel data is in the
                     sRGB color space.  This chunk also
                     implies specific values of gAMA and
                     cHRM.

2221 2222
    png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
       &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
2223

2224
    name             - The profile name.
2225

2226 2227 2228 2229
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
2230

2231 2232
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
2233

2234
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
2235

2236
    png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
2237

2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
                     red, green, and blue channels,
                     whichever are appropriate for the
                     given color type (png_color_16)

2244 2245
    png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
                     &num_trans, &trans_color);
2246

2247 2248
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
2249

2250 2251
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
2252

2253
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values of
2254 2255
                     the single transparent color for
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
2256 2257 2258

    png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
                     (PNG_INFO_hIST)
2259

2260
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
2261
                     png_uint_16)
2262 2263

    png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
2264

2265 2266 2267 2268
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                    (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
2269

2270 2271
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
2272 2273
                     valid 16-bit red, green and blue
                     values, regardless of color_type
2274

2275 2276
    num_comments   = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
                     &text_ptr, &num_text);
2277

2278
    num_comments   - number of comments
2279

2280 2281
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
2282

2283
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
2284 2285 2286 2287
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
2288

2289 2290
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                         1-79 characters.
2291

2292
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
2293
                         keyword.  Can be empty.
2294

2295
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
2296
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
2297

2298
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
2299
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
2300

2301 2302
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (empty
                         string for unknown).
2303

2304
    text_ptr[i].lang_key  - keyword in UTF-8
2305
                         (empty string for unknown).
2306

2307
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
2315

2316 2317 2318
    num_text       - number of comments (same as
                     num_comments; you can put NULL here
                     to avoid the duplication)
2319

2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327
    Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
    and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
    structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
    regular zero-terminated C strings.  They might be
    empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.

    num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       &palette_ptr);
2328 2329 2330

    num_spalettes  - number of sPLT chunks read.

2331
    palette_ptr    - array of palette structures holding
2332 2333
                     contents of one or more sPLT chunks
                     read.
2334

2335
    png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
2336
       &unit_type);
2337

2338
    offset_x       - positive offset from the left edge
2339
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2340

2341
    offset_y       - positive offset from the top edge
2342
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2343

2344 2345 2346
    unit_type      - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
2347
       &unit_type);
2348

2349 2350
    res_x          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2351

2352 2353
    res_y          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2354

2355
    unit_type      - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
2356 2357
                     PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

2358 2359
    png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2360

2361
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2362

2363
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2364

2365
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
2366 2367
                 (width and height are doubles)

2368 2369
    png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2370

2371
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2372

2373
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2374
                  (expressed as a string)
2375

2376 2377
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
2378

2379 2380
    num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
       info_ptr, &unknowns)
2381

2382 2383
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
2384

2385
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
2386

2387
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
2388

2389
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
2390

2391
    unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
2392

2393 2394 2395
    The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
    chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
    png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
2396

2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402
    The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of

         PNG_HAVE_IHDR  (0x01)
         PNG_HAVE_PLTE  (0x02)
         PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)

2403 2404 2405
The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

2406
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2407
       info_ptr)
2408

2409
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2410
       info_ptr)
2411

2412
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2413
       info_ptr)
2414

2415
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2416
       info_ptr)
2417

2418
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2419
       info_ptr)
2420

2421
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2422
       info_ptr)
2423

2424
    aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
2425
       info_ptr)
2426

2427
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
2428
       the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436
       res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y

    Note that because of the way the resolutions are
       stored internally, the inch conversions won't
       come out to exactly even number.  For example,
       72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
       when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
       be sure to round the returned value appropriately
2437
       if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
2438

2439 2440 2441 2442
The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2443

2444
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2445

2446
    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2447

2448 2449
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2450
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
2451
       x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
2452 2453 2454 2455 2456
       chunk is present but the unit is the pixel.  The
       remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
       as well, because a value in inches can't always be
       converted to microns and back without some loss
       of precision.
2457

2458
For more information, see the
2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475
PNG specification for chunk contents.  Be careful with trusting
rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
See png_read_update_info(), below.

A quick word about text_ptr and num_text.  PNG stores comments in
keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size.  While there are
suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
strings.  It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations.  Non-printing
symbols are not allowed.  See the PNG specification for more details.
There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.

Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
keyword.  It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
2476 2477
The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
2478 2479
a text string.  The text string, language code, and translated
keyword may be empty or NULL pointers.  The keyword/text
2480 2481 2482 2483 2484
pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
until after you read the stuff after the image.  This will be
mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
2485

2486 2487
.SS Input transformations

2488 2489 2490 2491 2492
After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503
certain color types and bit depths.

Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
particular input data format.  However some transformations can have an effect
as a result of a previous transformation.  If you specify a contradictory set of
transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
cannot predict the final result.

The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
format/depth as the current image data.  It is stored in the same format/depth
as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
2504

2505 2506
The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
described below.
2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512

Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the
byte, unless png_set_packing() is called.  8-bit RGB data will be stored
2513 2514 2515
in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
2516
byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
2517 2518 2519
transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or
after each RRGGBB triplet.  Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
2520 2521
be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
or png_set_scale_16().
2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528

The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
transparency information in a tRNS chunk.  This is most useful on
grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.

2529 2530
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
        png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2531 2532

    if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2533 2534
        PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);

2535 2536 2537 2538
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
        bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);

The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
2539 2540 2541
in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
readability.  In some future version they may actually do different
things.
2542

2543 2544
As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
added.  It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
2545

2546
As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added.  It behaves as
2547
png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
2548
Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
2549
severe accuracy loss.
2550

2551 2552
   if (bit_depth < 16)
      png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
2553

2554
PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel.  If you only can handle
2555
8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
2556 2557

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2558
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
2559
       png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565
#else
       png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
#endif

(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
1.5.4).
2566

2567 2568 2569
If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
2570 2571

    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
2572
       png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
2573

2574 2575 2576
If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
the information.  If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
2577 2578

As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
2579 2580
major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587
can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)

In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.

2588
  FROM  01  31   0  0T  0O   2  2T  2O   3  3T  3O  4A  4O  6A  6O
2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613
   TO
   01    -  [G]  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
   31   [Q]  Q  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   Q   Q   Q  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
    0    1   G   +   .   .   G   G   G   G   G   G   B   B  GB  GB
   0T    lt  Gt  t   +   .   Gt  G   G   Gt  G   G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
   0O    lt  Gt  t   .   +   Gt  Gt  G   Gt  Gt  G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
    2    C   P   C   C   C   +   .   .   C   -   -  CB  CB   B   B
   2T    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   +   t   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
   2O    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   t   +   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
    3   [Q]  p  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   +   .   .  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
   3T   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   +   t  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   3O   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   t   +  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   4A    lA  G   A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  +   BA  G  GBA
   4O    lA GBA  A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  BA  +  GBA  G
   6A    CA  PA  CA  C   C   A   T  tT   PA  P   P   C  CBA  +   BA
   6O    CA PBA  CA  C   C   A  tT   T   PA  P   P  CBA  C   BA  +

Within the matrix,
     "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
     "-" means the transformation is not supported.
     "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
     "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
     "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
     "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
     "1" means the transformation is obtained by
2614 2615 2616
         png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
         if there is no transparency in the original or the final
         format).
2617
     "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
2618
     "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
2619 2620 2621 2622
     "P" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
     "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
     "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
2623 2624 2625 2626
     "T" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
     "B" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633

When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
right overall transformation.  When two transforms are separated by a comma
either will do the job.  When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
if the suggested transformations are used.

2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642
In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
is the level of opacity.  If you need the alpha channel in an image to
be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
images) is fully transparent, with

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648
PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
files.  This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
values of the pixels:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
2649
       png_set_packing(png_ptr);
2650 2651 2652

PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  All pixels
stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
2653 2654 2655 2656
higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]).  However, it is also possible
to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
image.  This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
2657

2658
    png_color_8p sig_bit;
2659 2660

    if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
2661
       png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667

PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2668
       png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
2669

2670 2671
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
2672

2673
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
2674
       png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
2675

2676
where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is
2677 2678
either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
you want the filler before the RGB or after.  This transformation
2679 2680 2681
does not affect images that already have full alpha channels.  To add an
opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which
will generate RGBA pixels.
2682

2683 2684 2685 2686
Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type.  If you want
to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
2687 2688
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
       png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
2689 2690

where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
2691
This function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
2692

2693 2694 2695 2696
If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2697
       png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703

For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
RGB.  This code will do that conversion:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2704
       png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2705

2706
Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
2707
with alpha.
2708 2709 2710

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2711 2712
       png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
          double red_weight, double green_weight);
2713 2714

    error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
2715

2716 2717 2718
    error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue
2719

2720 2721 2722 2723 2724
    error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
                      conversion if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue

2725
    red_weight:       weight of red component
2726

2727
    green_weight:     weight of green component
2728
                      If either weight is negative, default
2729 2730 2731 2732 2733
                      weights are used.

In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
simply scaled by 100,000:

2734 2735
    png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
       png_fixed_point red_weight,
2736
       png_fixed_point green_weight);
2737 2738 2739 2740 2741

If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
2742
1 if there were any non-gray pixels.  Background and sBIT data
2743
will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
2744
data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
2745

2746
The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
2747 2748 2749
defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
<http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9:
2750

2751
   <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
2752

2753 2754 2755 2756 2757
    Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B

Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
different formula:

2758 2759
    Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B

2760 2761 2762 2763
Libpng uses an integer approximation:

    Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768

2764
The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
2765
can be determined.
2766

2767
The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
2768 2769
composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
background color.  For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
2770
libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776
header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.

If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page).  You
need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
2777
component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
2778
color.  The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
2779
to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
2780
useful:
2781

2782 2783
    png_color_16 my_background;
    png_color_16p image_background;
2784

2785
    if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
2786
       png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
2787
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
2788
    else
2789
       png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
2790
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
2791

2792 2793
The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
final, display, output produced by libpng.  Because you now know the format of
2794 2795 2796 2797 2798
the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.)  However, if you are doing this,
take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
they apply!
2799

2800 2801 2802 2803
In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
of the PNG file.  So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
image_background->gray.
2804

2805 2806
If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
2807
to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
2808

2809 2810 2811 2812
Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode().  (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
header.)
2813

2814 2815 2816 2817 2818
This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
reading starts.  For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
value when you call it in this position:

2819 2820
   if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
2821

2822
   else
2823
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
2824

2825 2826
If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
2827
will do that.  Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
2828
finds the closest color available.  This should work fairly well with
2829
optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes.  If you
2830
pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
2831
reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
2832
maximum_colors.  If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838
more intelligent choices when reducing the palette.  If there is no
histogram, it may not do as good a job.

   if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
   {
      if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2839
          PNG_INFO_PLTE))
2840 2841 2842 2843
      {
         png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;

         png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2844
             &histogram);
2845 2846 2847
         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
            max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
      }
2848

2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859
      else
      {
         png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
            { ... colors ... };

         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
            MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
            NULL,0);
      }
   }

2860 2861 2862 2863
PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
zero):

2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869
   if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:

   if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
2870
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2871 2872
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

2873
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
2874 2875
ie. most significant bits first).  This code changes the storage to the
other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
2876 2877 2878
way PCs store them):

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2879
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);
2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

2887 2888 2889 2890 2891
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
2892
        read_transform_fn);
2893 2894 2895

You must supply the function

2896
    void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
2897
        row_info, png_bytep data)
2898 2899

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
2900 2901 2902 2903
after all of the other transformations have been processed.  Take care with
interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.

2904
If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913
where you are in processing the image:

   png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
   png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);

Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
are called.
2914

2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922
With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).

The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.

2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928
You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
function

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
2929
        user_depth, user_channels);
2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937

The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
freeing any memory required for the user structure.

You can retrieve the pointer via the function
png_get_user_transform_ptr().  For example:

    voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
2938
        png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
2939

2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947
The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
of the interlaced image.

    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
2948
call.
2949 2950 2951

    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957
This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
field so you can use it to allocate your image memory.  This function
will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
background if these have been given with the calls above.  You may
only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.

2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965
After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
memory you need to hold the image.  The row data is simply
raw byte data for all forms of images.  As the actual allocation
varies among applications, no example will be given.  If you
are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
of the functions below.

2966
Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
2967 2968 2969
functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
that libpng will output.  Consequently you must call all the png_set_
2970 2971 2972
functions before you call png_read_update_info().  This is particularly
important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
2973 2974
it unless you want to receive interlaced output.

2975 2976
.SS Reading image data

2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983
After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you are
allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
and put it in the memory area supplied.  You will need to pass in
an array of pointers to each row.

2984 2985 2986 2987
This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998

   png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
use png_read_rows() instead.  If there is no interlacing (check
2999
interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
3000 3001

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
3002
        number_of_rows);
3003 3004 3005 3006

where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.

If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
3007
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
3008

3009
    png_bytep row_pointer = row;
3010
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
3011

3012 3013
If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
get somewhat harder.  The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
3014 3015
interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
3016
breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
3017 3018
on an 8x8 grid.  This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
3019 3020

libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
3021 3022
It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that.  The one
3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031
mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
smooths out as more pixels are read.  The other method is the "sparkle"
method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
before the start of the read.  The first method usually looks better,
but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.

3032 3033
If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
3034

3035
    if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
3036
       number_of_passes
3037 3038
           = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.  This function can be
called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times.  Each time
will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
each pass.
3046

3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061
If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
effect.  This effect is faster and the end result of either method
is exactly the same.  If you are planning on displaying the image
after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
better looking one.

If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as
normal, with the third parameter NULL.  Make sure you make pass over
the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
rows between calls.  You can change the locations of the data, just
not the data.  Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
3062
        number_of_rows);
3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068

If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
the second parameter NULL.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
3069
        number_of_rows);
3070

3071 3072
If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
3073
Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121
certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
correct place.  This is where everything gets very tricky.

If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows().  The calculation
gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:

   png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
   png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);

Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
corresponding to the numbered pass.  'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
as 1 to 7!  Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.

You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row.  If you want to
produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.

If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
spacing between each pixel.  As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
retrieve this information:

   png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
   png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
   png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
   png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);

These allow you to write the obvious loop:

   png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);

   while (output_y < output_image_height)
   {
      png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
      png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);

      while (output_x < output_image_width)
      {
3122 3123 3124
         image[output_y][output_x] =
             subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];

3125 3126 3127 3128
         output_x += xStep;
      }

      ++input_y;
3129
      output_y += yStep;
3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157
   }

Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
returned as shifts.  This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
image.  In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
given an input coordinate.  libpng provides two further macros for this
purpose:

   png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);

Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
row or column appears in a given pass:

   int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
   int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);

Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!

With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
interlace handling.  In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.

libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
writing of interlaced images.  If you can't get interlacing to work in your
3158
code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
3159 3160
how pngvalid.c does it.

3161 3162
.SS Finishing a sequential read

3163 3164
After you are finished reading the image through the
low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.  If you are
3165 3166 3167
interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or
after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if
you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177
separate.

    png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);

    if (!end_info)
    {
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
           (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
    }
3178 3179 3180

   png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);

3181 3182 3183 3184 3185
If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.

   png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);

3186 3187 3188 3189 3190
If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
the PNG datastream.

3191 3192 3193 3194 3195
When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       &end_info);

3196 3197 3198 3199 3200
or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       (png_infopp)NULL);

3201
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
3202
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
3203

3204
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
3205

3206
    mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
3207
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214
           more of
             PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
             PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
             PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
             PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
             PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
           or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
3215

3216
    seq  - sequence number of item to be freed
3217
           (-1 for all items)
3218

3219
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
3220
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
3221 3222 3223 3224 3225
by the user and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
3226

3227 3228
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
3229
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
3230
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
3231 3232

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
3233

3234 3235 3236 3237
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
3238

3239 3240 3241
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

3242 3243 3244 3245 3246
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
3247 3248
or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.  When the user assumes
responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
3249 3250
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
3251
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
3252 3253 3254 3255 3256

If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
3257

3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264
If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.

3265
The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
3266 3267
it frees.  If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
your application instead of by libpng, you can use
3268 3269

    png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
3270

3271
    mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
3272
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
3273
           more of
3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282
             PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
             PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
             PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
             PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
             PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
             PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
             PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
             PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT

3283 3284
For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.

3285
.SS Reading PNG files progressively
3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307

The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive
reader.  Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image.  You
set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You don't
have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
giving the library the data directly in png_process_data().  I will
assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
all of the code).

png_structp png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr;

 /*  An example code fragment of how you would
     initialize the progressive reader in your
     application. */
 int
 initialize_png_reader()
 {
    png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
3308
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3309
         user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3310

3311
    if (!png_ptr)
3312
        return (ERROR);
3313

3314
    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
3315

3316 3317
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
3318 3319 3320
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3321 3322
    }

3323
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3324
    {
3325 3326 3327
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333
    }

    /* This one's new.  You can provide functions
       to be called when the header info is valid,
       when each row is completed, and when the image
       is finished.  If you aren't using all functions,
3334 3335 3336
       you can specify NULL parameters.  Even when all
       three functions are NULL, you need to call
       png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You can use
3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356
       any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
       for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
       from inside the callbacks using the function

          png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);

       which will return a void pointer, which you have
       to cast appropriately.
     */
    png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
        info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);

    return 0;
 }

 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
   of data */
 int
 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
 {
3357
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3358
    {
3359
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
3360
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3361
       return (ERROR);
3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367
    }

    /* This one's new also.  Simply give it a chunk
       of data from the file stream (in order, of
       course).  On machines with segmented memory
       models machines, don't give it any more than
3368
       64K.  The library seems to run fine with sizes
3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374
       of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
       necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
       1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes
       yet).  When this function returns, you may
       want to display any rows that were generated
       in the row callback if you don't already do
3375
       so there.
3376 3377
     */
    png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383

    /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
       you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
       it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
       libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
       png_process_data call).
3384 3385 3386 3387
    return 0;
 }

 /* This function is called (as set by
3388
    png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
3389 3390 3391 3392
    has been supplied so all of the header has been
    read.
 */
 void
3393
 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403
 {
    /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
       the transformations mentioned in the Reading
       PNG files section.  For now, you _must_ call
       either png_start_read_image() or
       png_read_update_info() after all the
       transformations are set (even if you don't set
       any).  You may start getting rows before
       png_process_data() returns, so this is your
       last chance to prepare for that.
3404 3405 3406

       This is where you turn on interlace handling,
       assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416

       If you need to you can stop the processing of
       your original input data at this point by calling
       png_process_data_pause.  This returns the number
       of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
       call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
       sees these bytes again.  If you don't want to bother
       with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
       bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
       then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423
     */
 }

 /* This function is called when each row of image
    data is complete */
 void
 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
3424
    png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436
 {
    /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
       on the interlace handler, this function will
       be called for every row in every pass.  Some
       of these rows will not be changed from the
       previous pass.  When the row is not changed,
       the new_row variable will be NULL.  The rows
       and passes are called in order, so you don't
       really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
       supplying them because it may make your life
       easier.

3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445
       If you did not turn on interlace handling then
       the callback is called for each row of each
       sub-image when the image is interlaced.  In this
       case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
       the row in the output image as it is in all other
       cases.

       For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
       you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451
       you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
       passing in the row and the old row.  You can
       call this function for NULL rows (it will just
       return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
       does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
       code easier.  Thus, you can just do this for
3452
       all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458
     */

        png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
          new_row);

    /* where old_row is what was displayed for
3459 3460
       previously for the row.  Note that the first
       pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
3461 3462 3463 3464 3465
       the old row, so the rows do not have to be
       initialized.  After the first pass (and only
       for interlaced images), you will have to pass
       the current row, and the function will combine
       the old row and the new row.
3466 3467 3468

       You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
       callback - see above.
3469
    */
3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486
 }

 void
 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
 {
    /* This function is called after the whole image
       has been read, including any chunks after the
       image (up to and including the IEND).  You
       will usually have the same info chunk as you
       had in the header, although some data may have
       been added to the comments and time fields.

       Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
       a flag that marks the image as finished.
     */
 }

3487 3488


3489
.SH IV. Writing
3490 3491 3492 3493 3494

Much of this is very similar to reading.  However, everything of
importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
back up in the reading section to understand writing.

3495 3496
.SS Setup

3497 3498 3499 3500
You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
custom writing functions.  See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
3501

3502
    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
3503

3504
    if (!fp)
3505
       return (ERROR);
3506 3507 3508 3509

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare.  Of course, you
3510 3511 3512 3513
will want to check if they return NULL.  If you are also reading,
you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
"read_ptr" and "write_ptr".  Look at pngtest.c, for example.
3514 3515

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
3516
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3517
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3518

3519
    if (!png_ptr)
3520
       return (ERROR);
3521 3522 3523 3524 3525

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
       png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
3526
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3527
       return (ERROR);
3528 3529
    }

3530 3531
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
3532
png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

3539 3540 3541
After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
error handling.  When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
longjmp() back to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call
3542
setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you
3543
write the file from different routines, you will need to update
3544 3545
the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
call a png_*() function.  See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
3546 3547 3548
for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp.  See
the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
3549

3550
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3551
    {
3552
    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3553 3554
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
3555
    }
3556 3557
    ...
    return;
3558

3559
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
3560
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
3561 3562
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

3563 3564 3565 3566
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575
Now you need to set up the output code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fwrite().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
Libpng section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583
If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
written the signature in your application, use

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);

to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.

3584 3585
.SS Write callbacks

3586 3587 3588 3589 3590
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

3591
    void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
3592
       int pass);
3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);

3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
it has also been written out.  The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624
You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
run.  The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing.  If you
have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
3625 3626 3627 3628
the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream).  The third
parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
3629 3630
for each scanline.  See the PNG specification for details on the specific
filter types.
3631

3632

3633
    /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
3634
       specific filters.  You can use either a single
3635
       PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
3636 3637
       or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
     */
3638
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
3639 3640 3641
       PNG_FILTER_NONE  | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
       PNG_FILTER_SUB   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB  |
       PNG_FILTER_UP    | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP   |
3642
       PNG_FILTER_AVG   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG  |
3643 3644 3645
       PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
       PNG_ALL_FILTERS);

3646 3647 3648 3649
If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
3650

3651 3652 3653
If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.

3654
The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
3655 3656 3657
library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
doing.  The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
3658 3659
data.  See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
3660

3661 3662
    #include zlib.h

3663
    /* Set the zlib compression level */
3664 3665 3666
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
        Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);

3667
    /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
3668 3669 3670 3671 3672
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3673 3674
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)

3675 3676 3677 3678
    /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
     * If you don't call these, the parameters
     * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
     */
3679 3680 3681 3682 3683
    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3684

3685 3686
.SS Setting the contents of info for output

3687 3688 3689
You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
wish to write before the actual image.  Note that the only thing you
are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
3690
chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway).  See png_write_end() and
3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701
the latest PNG specification for more information on that.  If you
wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
data as being valid.  If you want to wait until after the data, don't
fill them until png_write_end().  For all the fields in png_info and
their data types, see png.h.  For explanations of what the fields
contain, see the PNG specification.

Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:

    png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
       bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
3702
       compression_type, filter_method)
3703

3704 3705
    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3706

3707 3708
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3709

3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.
                     (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
                     and depend also on the
                     color_type.  See also significant
                     bits (sBIT) below).
3716

3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha
                     channels are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

3734 3735
    interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
3736

3737 3738
    compression_type - (must be
                     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
3739

3740 3741 3742 3743 3744
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
                     or, if you are writing a PNG to
                     be embedded in a MNG datastream,
                     can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
3745

3746
If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
3747
other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
3748 3749 3750
the IHDR settings.  The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
in any order.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3751 3752 3753
If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
3754

3755 3756
    png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
       num_palette);
3757

3758 3759 3760 3761
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

3762 3763 3764 3765 3766
    png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
    png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);

    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the image was
                     created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
3767

3768 3769
    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
                     the image was created
3770

3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792
    png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
                     green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
                     green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
    png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
                     int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
                     int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
                     int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
                     int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
                     A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
                     of the end points and the white point.

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
                     A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
                     points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
                     color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
                     data.  The white point is simply the sum of the three end
                     points.

3793
    png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
3794

3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
                     the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This chunk also implies specific
                     values of gAMA and cHRM.  Rendering
                     intent is the CSS-1 property that
                     has been defined by the International
                     Color Consortium
                     (http://www.color.org).
                     It can be one of
3806 3807 3808 3809
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
3810

3811 3812 3813

    png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       srgb_intent);
3814

3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
                     sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This function also causes gAMA and
                     cHRM chunks with the specific values
                     that are consistent with sRGB to be
                     written.

3824
    png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
3825
                       profile, proflen);
3826

3827
    name             - The profile name.
3828

3829 3830 3831 3832
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
3833

3834 3835
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
3836

3837
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
3838

3839
    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
3840

3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
                     green, and blue channels, whichever are
                     appropriate for the given color type
                     (png_color_16)

3847 3848
    png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
       num_trans, trans_color);
3849

3850 3851
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3852

3853 3854 3855
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3856 3857 3858
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values
                     (in order red, green, blue) of the
                     single transparent color for
3859
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3860

3861
    png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
3862

3863
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
3864
                     png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
3865 3866

    png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
3867

3868 3869 3870 3871
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                     (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
3872

3873 3874
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
3875 3876

    png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
3877

3878 3879
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
3880

3881
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
3882 3883 3884 3885
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3886 3887 3888 3889 3890
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                 1-79 characters.
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
                         keyword.  Can be NULL or empty.
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
3891
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
3892
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
3893
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
3894 3895 3896 3897
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (NULL or
                         empty for unknown).
    text_ptr[i].translated_keyword  - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
                         or empty for unknown).
3898

3899
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
3907

3908
    num_text       - number of comments
3909

3910 3911
    png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
       num_spalettes);
3912

3913 3914 3915 3916 3917
    palette_ptr    - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
                     to be added to the list of palettes
                     in the info structure.
    num_spalettes  - number of palette structures to be
                     added.
3918

3919 3920
    png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
        unit_type);
3921

3922 3923
    offset_x  - positive offset from the left
                     edge of the screen
3924

3925 3926
    offset_y  - positive offset from the top
                     edge of the screen
3927

3928 3929 3930 3931
    unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
        unit_type);
3932

3933 3934
    res_x       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in x direction
3935

3936 3937
    res_y       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in y direction
3938

3939
    unit_type   - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
3940 3941
                  PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

3942
    png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3943

3944
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3945

3946
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3947

3948 3949 3950 3951
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                  (width and height are doubles)

    png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3952

3953
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3954

3955
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3956
                  expressed as a string
3957

3958
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3959
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
3960

3961 3962
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
       num_unknowns)
3963

3964 3965
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
3966 3967
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
3968
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
3969 3970 3971 3972 3973
    unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
                           0: do not write chunk
                           PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
                           PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
                           PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982

The "location" member is set automatically according to
what part of the output file has already been written.
You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
as demonstrated in pngtest.c.  Within each of the "locations",
the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
png_set_unknown_chunks).
3983 3984 3985

A quick word about text and num_text.  text is an array of png_text
structures.  num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3986 3987
Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
and a compression type.
3988

3989 3990 3991
The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
types of the image data.  Currently, the only valid number is zero.
However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3992
images, which always have to be compressed.  So if you don't want the
3993
text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3994 3995 3996
Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3997

3998
Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
3999 4000 4001
After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
4002
png_write_end() with the same struct).
4003 4004 4005 4006 4007

The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:

    Title            Short (one line) title or
                     caption for image
4008

4009
    Author           Name of image's creator
4010

4011
    Description      Description of image (possibly long)
4012

4013
    Copyright        Copyright notice
4014

4015
    Creation Time    Time of original image creation
4016
                     (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
4017

4018
    Software         Software used to create the image
4019

4020
    Disclaimer       Legal disclaimer
4021

4022
    Warning          Warning of nature of content
4023

4024
    Source           Device used to create the image
4025

4026 4027 4028 4029 4030
    Comment          Miscellaneous comment; conversion
                     from other image format

The keyword-text pairs work like this.  Keywords should be short
simple descriptions of what the comment is about.  Some typical
4031
keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048
on keywords.  You can repeat keywords in a file.  You can even write
some text before the image and some after.  For example, you may want
to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
they start seeing the image.  Finally, keywords should be full
words, not abbreviations.  Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
unprintable characters.  To make the comments widely readable, stick
with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
like the IBM-PC character set.  The keyword must be present, but
you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.

PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure.  Two
4049
conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
4050 4051 4052 4053 4054
time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm.  The
time_t routine uses gmtime().  You don't have to use either of
these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
instead of your local time.  Note that the year number is the full
4055
year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064
that months start with 1.

If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword.  This is
necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself.  In order to facilitate
machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
4065
tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
4066 4067 4068
although this isn't a requirement.  Unlike the tIME chunk, the
"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
by the software.  To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
4069 4070 4071
png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(buffer, png_timep) is provided to convert
from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string.  The caller must provide
a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
4072

4073 4074
.SS Writing unknown chunks

4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082
You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks
for writing.  You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's
all there is to it.  The chunks will be written by the next following
png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function.
Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk
list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG
specification's ordering rules.

4083 4084 4085 4086 4087
.SS The high-level write interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
4088
in the info structure.  All defined output
4089
transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
4090 4091 4092

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
4093 4094
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
4095
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
4104
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER        Strip out filler
                                      bytes (deprecated).
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
                                      filler bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER  Strip out trailing
                                      filler bytes
4111

4112 4113
If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
4114 4115 4116

    png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

4117
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
4118
transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
4119 4120
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
4121

4122 4123
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
4124

4125 4126 4127
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_write_png().

4128 4129 4130 4131 4132
.SS The low-level write interface

If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
write all the file information up to the actual image data.  You do
this with a call to png_write_info().
4133 4134 4135

    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

4136 4137
Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
png_write_info().  In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
4138 4139 4140 4141
level of opacity.  If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written.  If
your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
png_write_info() call.

4153 4154 4155 4156 4157
If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:

    png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
4158
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
4159 4160
    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166
After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
certain color types and bit depths.  Even though each transformation
4167
checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
4168 4169 4170
make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
data.  For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.

4171
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes.  This code tells
4172
the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
4173 4174
to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
bytes per pixel).
4175 4176 4177

    png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);

4178
where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
4179 4180
PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
is stored XRGB or RGBX.
4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190

PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:

    png_set_packing(png_ptr);

PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  If your
data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
4191
file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
4192

4193 4194 4195
    /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
    {
4196 4197 4198
       sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
4199
    }
4200

4201 4202
    else
    {
4203
       sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
4204
    }
4205

4206 4207
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
    {
4208
       sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
4209 4210 4211 4212 4213
    }

    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);

If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
4214
one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
4215 4216 4217 4218 4219
this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
is required by PNG.

    png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);

4220
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
4221
ie. most significant bits first).  This code would be used if they are
4222 4223
supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
first, the way PCs store them):
4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244

    if (bit_depth > 8)
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:

    png_set_bgr(png_ptr);

PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
(black being one and white being zero):

    png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
       write_transform_fn);

You must supply the function

4254 4255
    void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
       row_info, png_bytep data)
4256 4257

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
4258 4259 4260 4261 4262
before any of the other transformations are processed.  If supported
libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
your callback:

   png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268
   png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);

This returns the current row passed to the transform.  With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
4269

4270 4271
The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.
4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280

You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function.

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);

The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.

4281 4282
You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
For example:
4283 4284 4285

    voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
       png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
4286

4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301
It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written.  To
flush the output stream a single time call:

    png_write_flush(png_ptr);

and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
number of scanlines have been written, call:

    png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);

Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
4302
png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
4303
If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
4304
RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
4305 4306 4307 4308
may be acceptable for real-time applications).  Infrequent flushing will
only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
that do not use flushing.

4309 4310
.SS Writing the image data

4311
That's it for the transformations.  Now you can write the image data.
4312
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you have the
4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322
whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
will write the image.  You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
each row.  This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().

    png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

4323
    png_byte *row_pointers[height];
4324 4325 4326

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

4327
If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336
use png_write_rows() instead.  If the file is not interlaced,
this is simple:

    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
       number_of_rows);

row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.

If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
4337
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
4338 4339 4340

    png_bytep row_pointer = row;

4341
    png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
4342

4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349
When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
size.  libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
yourself.  If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
for details of which pixels to write when.
4350 4351 4352

If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
4353 4354
correct number of times to write all the sub-images
(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
4355 4356 4357 4358

If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
writing any rows:

4359
    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
4360

4361 4362
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.
4363 4364 4365

Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.

4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378
    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);

Think carefully before you write an interlaced image.  Typically code that
reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
doing any processing.  Only code that can display an image on the fly can
take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
read.

If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
the interlacing yourself.  Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
approach described above.
4379

4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385
The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
code above.  In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
you obtained from the read code.
4386

4387 4388
.SS Finishing a sequential write

4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399
After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
the file.  If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer.  If you are not interested,
you can pass NULL.

    png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);

When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:

    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);

4400
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
4401
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
4402

4403
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
4404

4405
    mask  - identifies data to be freed, a mask
4406
            containing the bitwise OR of one or
4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413
            more of
              PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
              PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
              PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
              PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
              PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
            or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
4414

4415
    seq   - sequence number of item to be freed
4416
            (-1 for all items)
4417

4418
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
4419
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427
by the user  and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".

If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
4428
png_destroy_write_struct().
4429

4430 4431
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
4432
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
4433
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
4434 4435

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
4436

4437 4438 4439 4440
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
4441

4442 4443 4444
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450
For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
to a write structure, you could use

    png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
4451

4452 4453 4454 4455
    png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
       PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)

4456
thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
4457 4458 4459 4460 4461
immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
function.  Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
structure.

4462 4463 4464 4465
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
4466 4467 4468
application must use
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
4469
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476

If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.
4477 4478
For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.

4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523
.SH V. Simplified API

The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats.  If these
formats do not accomodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.

To read a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the
     stack and memset() it to all zero.

  2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.

  3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required
     format and allocate a buffer for the image.

  4) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image into
     your buffer.

There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
during the png_image_finish_read() step.

To write a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
     it to all zero.

  2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
     image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
     image in memory.

  3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
     pointer to the image to write the PNG data.

png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
when it is being read or define the in-memory format of an image that you
need to write.  The "png_image" structure contains the following members:

4524
   png_uint_32  version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4525 4526 4527 4528 4529
   png_uint_32  width   Image width in pixels (columns)
   png_uint_32  height  Image height in pixels (rows)
   png_uint_32  format  Image format as defined below
   png_uint_32  flags   A bit mask containing informational flags
   png_controlp opaque  Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
4530
   png_uint_32  colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
4531 4532
   png_uint_32  warning_or_error;
   char         message[64];
4533

4534 4535 4536 4537
In the event of an error or warning the following field wrning_or_error
field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message.  If both
warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded.  If there
4538 4539
are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.

4540 4541 4542
The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved; the low two bits contain
a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure in the API
just called:
4543

4544
   0 - no warning or error
4545 4546 4547
   1 - warning
   2 - error
   3 - error preceded by warning
4548 4549 4550

The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
4551

4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558
  1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
  2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
  3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
  4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).

The channels are encoded in one of two ways:

4559
  a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte.  For the
4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566
alpha channel the original value is simply value/255.  For the color or
luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.

The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.

4567
  b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer.  All
4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577
channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
channels are linear.  Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
the sRGB specification.  This encoding is identified by the
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.

When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
value.

4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583
When a color-mapped image is used as a result of calling
png_image_read_colormap or png_image_write_colormap the channels are encoded
in the color-map and the descriptions above apply to the color-map entries.
The image data is encoded as small integers, value 0..255, that index the
entries in the color-map.  One integer (one byte) is stored for each pixel.

4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593
PNG_FORMAT_*

The #defines to be used in png_image::format.  Each #define identifies a
particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values.  There are
separate defines for each of the two channel encodings.

A format is built up using single bit flag values.  Not all combinations are
valid: use the bit flag values below for testing a format returned by the
read APIs, but set formats from the derived values.

4594 4595 4596 4597 4598
When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
image data.  Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!

4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610
NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled, if you see
compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support.  It is
possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time.  You can
guard against this by checking for the definition of:

   PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED

   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA    0x01 format with an alpha channel
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR    0x02 color format: otherwise grayscale
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR   0x04 png_uint_16 channels else png_byte
4611 4612 4613
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08 libpng use only
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR      0x10 BGR colors, else order is RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST   0x20 alpha channel comes first
4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631

Supported formats are as follows.  Future versions of libpng may support more
formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
macro is defined using #ifdef.  These defines describe the in-memory layout
of the components of the pixels of the image.

First the single byte formats:

   PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0
   PNG_FORMAT_GA   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA
   PNG_FORMAT_AG   (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB  PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR  (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR)
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)

4632
Then the linear 2-byte formats.  When naming these "Y" is used to
4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645
indicate a luminance (gray) channel.  The component order within the pixel
is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
components in the linear format.

   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR)
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA
      (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|
      PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)

4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653
Color-mapped formats are obtained by calling png_image_{read,write}_colormap,
as appropriate after setting png_image::format to the format of the color-map
to be read or written.  Applications may check the value of
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP to see if they have called the colormap API.  The
format of the color-map may be extracted using the following macro.

   PNG_FORMAT_OF_COLORMAP(fmt) ((fmt) & ~PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)

4654 4655
PNG_IMAGE macros

4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662
These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
structure.  The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
pixels in the image.  The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
for the pixels and will always return 1 after a call to
png_image_{read,write}_colormap.  The remaining macros return information
about the rows in the image and the complete image.
4663

4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672
NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant.  Therefore these
macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
they can be used in #if tests.

First the information about the samples.

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
4673 4674
    Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4

4675 4676 4677 4678
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
    Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
    entry (as appropriate) in the image.

4679 4680 4681 4682
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
    This is the size of the sample data for one sample.  If the image is
    color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
    one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.
4683

4684 4685 4686 4687 4688
  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
   The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
   color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs, it is
   a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
   stack if necessary.
4689

4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705
#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\
   (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256)
   /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
    * count of components.  This can be used to compile-time allocate a
    * color-map:
    *
    * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];
    *
    * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];
    *
    * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
    * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
    * allocate the required memory.
    */


4706
Corresponding information about the pixels
4707

4708
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)
4709

4710 4711 4712
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
   The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
   color-mapped image.
4713

4714 4715 4716
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
   The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
   image.
4717

4718 4719
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
   The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
4720

4721
Information about the whole row, or whole image
4722 4723

  PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
4724 4725 4726 4727
   Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
   is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
   row.  For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
   row.
4728 4729

  PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
4730 4731
    Returns the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
    stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.
4732

4733 4734 4735
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
    This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
    correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
4736

4737 4738 4739 4740
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORMAP == 0x02
    The PNG is color-mapped.  If this flag is set png_image_read_colormap
    can be used without further loss of image information.  If it is not set
    png_image_read_colormap will cause significant loss if the image has any
4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763

READ APIs

   The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
   the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)

   int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
     const char *file_name)

     The named file is opened for read and the image header
     is filled in from the PNG header in the file.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
     FILE* file)

      The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
      png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)

      The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.

   int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
4764 4765
      png_colorp background, void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
4766 4767 4768

      Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
      clean up the png_image structure.
4769

4770 4771 4772 4773 4774
      row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
      as appropriate, between adjacent rows.  A positive stride
      indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
      the normal top-down arrangement.  A negative stride
      indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
4775

4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781
      background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
      be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
      done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
      NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
      buffer.  The value is an sRGB color to use for the
      background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
4782

4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791
      For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
      by compositing on black.

   void png_image_free(png_imagep image)

      Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
      setting the pointer to NULL.  May be called at any time
      after the structure is initialized.

4792 4793 4794 4795
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801

WRITE APIS

For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
be written:

4802
   version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809
   opaque: must be initialized to NULL
   width: image width in pixels
   height: image height in rows
   format: the format of the data you wish to write
   flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
      PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
      where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
4810
   colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
4811 4812 4813

   int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
      const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
4814
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
4815 4816 4817 4818

      Write the image to the named file.

   int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
4819 4820
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836

      Write the image to the given (FILE*).

With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.

With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.

Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
and indexed (paletted) images.

.SH VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
4837

4838
There are two issues here.  The first is changing how libpng does
4839 4840 4841
standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
4842 4843
Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
4844
to provide the user with a means of changing them.
4845 4846

Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
4847 4848

All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
4849
goes through callbacks that are user-settable.  The default routines are
4850
in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively.  To change
4851
these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
4852

4853
Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860
and png_free().  The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
will have to use appropriate pointers in your application.  Since it is
4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867
unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform
will change between applications, these functions must be modified in
the library at compile time.  If you prefer to use a different method
of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or
png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described
above.  These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved
via
4868 4869 4870 4871 4872

    mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);

Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:

4873
    png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4874
       png_alloc_size_t size);
4875

4876
    void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
4877

4878 4879 4880
Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure.  The png_malloc()
function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
4881

4882 4883 4884
Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().

4885 4886 4887 4888 4889
Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
which currently just call fread() and fwrite().  The FILE * is stored in
png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io().  If you wish to change
the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
4890
time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function.  These functions
4891 4892 4893
also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
png_get_io_ptr().  For example:

4894 4895
    png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
        voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
4896

4897 4898
    png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
        voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
4899 4900
        png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);

4901 4902
    voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
    voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
4903

4904
The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
4905 4906

    void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4907
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4908

4909
    void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4910
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4911

4912 4913
    void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);

4914 4915 4916
The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
handling end-of-data errors.

4917
Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
4918 4919 4920 4921 4922
to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
point to a standard *FILE structure.  It is probably a mistake
to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
4923 4924 4925 4926

Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
should never return to its caller.  Currently, this is handled via
4927
setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
4928
PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
4929
but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
4930
as long as your function does not return.
4931 4932

On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
4933 4934
to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
4935 4936 4937 4938 4939
fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
fprintf() isn't available).  If you wish to change the behavior of the error
functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks.  These
functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
4940 4941
It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955

    png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
        png_error_ptr warning_fn);

    png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);

If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
problem is encountered.  The replacement error functions should have
parameters as follows:

    void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp error_msg);
4956

4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963
    void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp warning_msg);

The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
catch exception handling methods.  This makes the code much easier to write,
as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
4964 4965 4966
after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself.  Consult your
compiler documentation for more details.  For an alternative approach, you
4967 4968
may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net),
which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
4969

4970 4971 4972 4973 4974
.SS Custom chunks

If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
into the libpng code.  The library now has mechanisms for storing
and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4975
for custom chunks.  However, this may not be good enough if the
4976 4977 4978 4979
library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.

If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985
specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
similarly.  Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
write chunks.  Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
it as a template.  More details can be found in the comments inside
4986 4987 4988 4989 4990
the code.  It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
libpng.
4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997

If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work.  Try to find a similar
transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it.  More details
can be found in the comments inside the code itself.

4998
.SS Configuring for 16-bit platforms
4999

5000
You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that
5001
it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time.  Even if you can, the memory
5002
won't be accessible.  So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K.
5003

5004
.SS Configuring for DOS
5005

5006
For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will
5007 5008 5009
have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level()
call.  See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information.

5010
.SS Configuring for Medium Model
5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017

Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular
compilers.  Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets
defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be
all set.  Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is
expecting far data.  You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on
the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful).  Make
5018 5019
note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is
an "unsigned char far * far *".
5020

5021
.SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
5022 5023 5024

You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
5025
warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
5026
in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
5027
They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn().  On some compilers,
5028 5029
you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).

5030
.SS Configuring for compiler xxx:
5031

5032
All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h.  If you need to add, change
5033 5034 5035 5036
or delete an include, this is the place to do it.
The includes that are not needed outside libpng are placed in pngpriv.h,
which is only used by the routines inside libpng itself.
The files in libpng proper only include pngpriv.h and png.h, which
5037 5038 5039 5040 5041
%14%in turn includes pngconf.h.
in turn includes pngconf.h and, as of libpng-1.5.0, pnglibconf.h.
As of libpng-1.5.0, pngpriv.h also includes three other private header
files, pngstruct.h, pnginfo.h, and pngdebug.h, which contain material
that previously appeared in the public headers.
5042

5043
.SS Configuring zlib:
5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056

There are special functions to configure the compression.  Perhaps the
most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
input compression values in the range 0 - 9.  The library normally
uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6).  Tests
have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
faster.  For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1).  With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
files larger than just storing the raw bitmap.  You can specify the
compression level by calling:

5057
    #include zlib.h
5058 5059 5060 5061 5062
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
5063 5064 5065 5066
Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
5067

5068
    #include zlib.h
5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

The other functions are for configuring zlib.  They are not recommended
for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file.  See
zlib.h for more information on what these mean.

5075
    #include zlib.h
5076 5077
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);
5078

5079 5080
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);
5081

5082
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
5083

5084
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
5085

5086 5087 5088 5089 5090
As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
available to set these separately for non-IDAT
compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:

    #include zlib.h
5091
    #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104
    png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);

    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);

    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
    #endif

5105
.SS Controlling row filtering
5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112

If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
can call one of these functions.  The selection and configuration
of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
of an image.  Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
5113 5114
images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
5115 5116

The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
5117
currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification.  The 'filters'
5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123
parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
scanline.  Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS
to turn filtering on and off, respectively.

Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
5124
ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
5125 5126
These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
5127 5128
the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
5129 5130 5131 5132
structures appropriately for all of the filter types.  (Note that this
means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
is called for the first time.)
5133 5134

    filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB
5135
              PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
5136 5137
              PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS;

5138 5139
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
       filters);
5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145
              The second parameter can also be
              PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
              writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
              datastream.  This parameter must be the
              same as the value of filter_method used
              in png_set_IHDR().
5146 5147

It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the
5148 5149 5150
available filters.  This is done in one or both of two ways - by
telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive
rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters.
5151 5152 5153 5154 5155

    double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1},
       costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] =
       {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7};

5156 5157
    png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr,
       PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3,
5158 5159
       weights, costs);

5160 5161 5162 5163
The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the
row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter
is that many times better than the previous filter.  In the above example,
if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a
5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174
"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters
and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times
higher than other filters and still be chosen.  Unspecified weights are
taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining
like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters.

The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost
to be considered when selecting row filters.  This means that filters
with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower
costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller.
The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of
5175
the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image
5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181
size.

Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and
are given only to help explain the function usage.  Little testing has
been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights.

5182
.SS Removing unwanted object code
5183 5184 5185

There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of
libpng are compiled.  All the defines end in _SUPPORTED.  If you are
5186 5187 5188 5189 5190
never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef
before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or
you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with
PNG_NO_.

5191 5192
In libpng-1.5.0 and later, the #define's are in pnglibconf.h instead.

5193
You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities
5194
off en masse with compiler directives that define
5195 5196
PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS,
or all four,
5197
along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do
5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205
want.  The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra
transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading
and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the
PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library
that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks.  If you are
not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off
with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING
capability, which you'll still have).
5206 5207 5208 5209

All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the
linker should only grab the files it needs.  However, if you want to
make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the
5210 5211
reading files start with "pngr" and all the writing files start with "pngw".
The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.)
5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219
are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included.
The progressive reader is in pngpread.c

If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so
or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library,
as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the
library to fail if they call functions not available in your library.
The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only
5220 5221
those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory.

5222
.SS Requesting debug printout
5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244

The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
printout.  Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3.  Higher
numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information.  The
information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.

When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:

   png_debug(level, message)
   png_debug1(level, message, p1)
   png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)

in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
according to printf-style formatting directives.  For example,

   png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo);

is expanded to

5245 5246
   if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
      fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo);
5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253

When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:

   #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
       fprintf(stderr, ...
   #endif
5254

5255 5256 5257
When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
having level = 0 will be printed.  There aren't any such statements in
this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
5258

5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269
.SS Prepending a prefix to exported symbols

Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng (when using the
"configure" script) to prefix all exported symbols by means of the
configuration option "--with-libpng-prefix=FOO_", where FOO_ can be any
string beginning with a letter and containing only uppercase
and lowercase letters, digits, and the underscore (i.e., a C language
identifier).  This creates a set of macros in pnglibconf.h, so this is
transparent to applications; their function calls get transformed by
the macros to use the modified names.

5270
.SH VII.  MNG support
5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277

The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
Libpng can support some of these extensions.  To enable them, use the
png_permit_mng_features() function:

   feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
5278

5279
   mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
5280 5281 5282 5283
        features you want to enable.  These include
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
        PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
5284

5285
   feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
5286 5287 5288
      your mask with the set of MNG features that is
      supported by the version of libpng that you are using.

5289 5290
It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature.  The PNG datastream must be wrapped
5291 5292 5293 5294 5295
in a MNG datastream.  As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
and the MHDR and MEND chunks.  Libpng does not provide support for these
or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
them.  You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
http://www.libmng.com) instead.
5296

5297
.SH VIII.  Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306

It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson.  Guy and Andreas are
still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.

The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
5307
png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
5308
moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use.  These
5309
functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
5310 5311

The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324
via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
the old functions do not.  The functions png_read_destroy() and
png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.

Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
5325
because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
5326 5327
to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero.  It is still possible
to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
5328 5329 5330
png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
method.
5331

5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340
Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
you are using at run-time:

   png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();

The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).

5341 5342 5343
Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
before you've created one.

5344 5345 5346 5347 5348
You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
application:

   png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;

5349
.SH IX.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
5350

5351 5352 5353 5354 5355
Support for user memory management was enabled by default.  To
accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.

5356 5357 5358
Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
version 1.2.41.

5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412
Support for certain MNG features was enabled.

Support for numbered error messages was added.  However, we never got
around to actually numbering the error messages.  The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
builds of libpng-1.2.15.  It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).

The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3.  This issues
a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
acquire the requested memory allocation.

Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
by default.  The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.

The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.

The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
deprecated.

A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
added at libpng-1.2.0:

    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
    PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
    PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS

We added the following functions in support of runtime
selection of assembler code features:

    png_get_mmx_flagmask()
    png_set_mmx_thresholds()
    png_get_asm_flags()
    png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
    png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
    png_set_asm_flags()

We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.

5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430
These macros are deprecated:

    PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED

They have been replaced, respectively, by:

    PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
    PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
    PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444
PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX.  It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.

The function
    png_check_sig(sig, num)
was replaced with
    !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.

The function
    png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
    png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
5445

5446
.SH X.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
5447 5448 5449 5450

Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.

5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458
Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
png_chunk_benign_error() were added.

Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
were added to the library.

5459 5460
We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
5461

5462 5463 5464 5465 5466
We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
input transforms.

Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.

5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479
Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.

Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.

Typecasted NULL definitions such as
   #define png_voidp_NULL            (png_voidp)NULL
were eliminated.  If you used these in your application, just use
NULL instead.

The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.

The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
5480
were removed.
5481 5482 5483

The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.

5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491
The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.

Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.

The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
have been removed.  They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.

5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499
The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
since libpng-1.0.9.  Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.

We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()

5500
We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
5501 5502
png_memset_check() functions.  Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
and memset(), respectively.
5503

5504 5505 5506
The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
5507
expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
5508

5509 5510 5511
Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
functions. Unfortunately,
5512
from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5513 5514
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5515 5516 5517 5518 5519
We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
to
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)

5520 5521
This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().

5522
The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
5523
of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
5524 5525 5526 5527 5528
where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
the process.

5529 5530 5531 5532
We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
png_uint_32.

5533 5534 5535
Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
5536 5537

The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
5538
The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
5539 5540 5541
allocates.  Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
png_free() instead of png_zfree().
5542

5543
Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
5544 5545
it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
The code was not
5546 5547 5548 5549 5550
removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined.  In libpng-1.4.2, this support
was reenabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
reflect more accurately what it actually does.  At the same time,
the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
5551 5552
PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
5553

5554 5555
We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.

5556
.SH XI.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
5557

5558
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5559 5560
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5561
Checking for invalid palette index on read or write was added at libpng
5562 5563
1.5.10.  When an invalid index is found, libpng issues a benign error.
This is enabled by default but can be disabled in each png_ptr with
5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);

      allowed  - one of
                 0: disable
                 1: enable

5571 5572 5573
A. Changes that affect users of libpng

There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
5574
the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
5575 5576
members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
5577 5578
libpng 1.5.

5579 5580 5581 5582
We no longer include zlib.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5583 5584
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590
The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
and were removed.

We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
applications.
5591

5592
In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
5593
to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
5594

5595
There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
5596 5597 5598
declare parts of the API.  Some API functions with arguments that are
pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607

Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
during application compilation may require significant revision to
application code.  (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)

Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
features or access internal library structures should compile and work
5608 5609
against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
5610

5611 5612 5613 5614
libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
interlaced images.  The macros return the number of rows and columns in
each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
5615 5616

libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value).  This API calls
5617
the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
5618 5619 5620
initialized, longjmp buffer.  It is provided as a convenience to avoid
the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629

libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API.  By default this is
present along with the corresponding floating point API.  In general the
fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point.  This applies
even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations.  A new
macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635
In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
results.  This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
not necessary to linearize the image.  This is because libpng has *not*
been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662

Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
internal floating point calculations.

Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API.  From 1.5.0
application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:

#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
   /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
#endif

This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
compiled into libpng.  The full set of macros, and whether or not support
has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
This header file is specific to the libpng build.  Notice that prior to
1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
of macro redefinition.

5663
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.  libpng 1.5.0
is consistent with the implementation in 1.4.5 and 1.2.x (where the macro
did not exist.)

Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h.  Notice that this is
only supported from 1.5.0 -defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
5672
will lead to a link failure.
5673

5674
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
5675
when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
5676
In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
5677 5678 5679
We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
use with textual data.

5680
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
5681
option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
5682 5683 5684 5685
This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
chopping.
5686

5687
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
5688 5689 5690 5691
used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
that it could be used to override them.  Now this function will reduce or
increase the limits.
5692

5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706
Starting in libpng-1.5.10, the user limits can be set en masse with the
configuration option PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED.  If this option is enabled,
a set of "safe" limits is applied in pngpriv.h.  These can be overridden by
application calls to png_set_user_limits(), png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(),
and/or png_set_user_malloc_max() that increase or decrease the limits.  Also,
in libpng-1.5.10 the default width and height limits were increased
from 1,000,000 to 0x7ffffff (i.e., made unlimited).  Therefore, the
limits are now
                               default      safe
   png_user_width_max        0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_height_max       0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_chunk_cache_max  0 (unlimited)   128
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000

5707 5708 5709
B. Changes to the build and configuration of libpng

Details of internal changes to the library code can be found in the CHANGES
5710
file and in the GIT repository logs.  These will be of no concern to the vast
5711
majority of library users or builders; however, the few who configure libpng
5712
to a non-default feature set may need to change how this is done.
5713 5714 5715

There should be no need for library builders to alter build scripts if
these use the distributed build support - configure or the makefiles -
5716
however, users of the makefiles may care to update their build scripts
5717 5718 5719 5720
to build pnglibconf.h where the corresponding makefile does not do so.

Building libpng with a non-default configuration has changed completely.
The old method using pngusr.h should still work correctly even though the
5721
way pngusr.h is used in the build has been changed; however, library
5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727
builders will probably want to examine the changes to take advantage of
new capabilities and to simplify their build system.

B.1 Specific changes to library configuration capabilities

The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
5728
thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740
limited or slow support.  Previously gamma correction, an essential part
of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.

As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.

The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
changed.  A single set of operating system independent macro definitions
is used and operating system specific directives are defined in
pnglibconf.h

5741 5742
As part of this the mechanism used to choose procedure call standards on
those systems that allow a choice has been changed.  At present this only
5743
affects certain Microsoft (DOS, Windows) and IBM (OS/2) operating systems
5744
running on Intel processors.  As before, PNGAPI is defined where required
5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750
to control the exported API functions; however, two new macros, PNGCBAPI
and PNGCAPI, are used instead for callback functions (PNGCBAPI) and
(PNGCAPI) for functions that must match a C library prototype (currently
only png_longjmp_ptr, which must match the C longjmp function.)  The new
approach is documented in pngconf.h

5751
Despite these changes, libpng 1.5.0 only supports the native C function
5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759
calling standard on those platforms tested so far (__cdecl on Microsoft
Windows).  This is because the support requirements for alternative
calling conventions seem to no longer exist.  Developers who find it
necessary to set PNG_API_RULE to 1 should advise the mailing list
(png-mng-implement) of this and library builders who use Openwatcom and
therefore set PNG_API_RULE to 2 should also contact the mailing list.

A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
5760
pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783
calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
(in the 'configure' build.)  pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.

Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
configure libpng:

1) All feature macros now have consistent naming:

#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on

pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

if the feature is supported or:

/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/

if it is not.  Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
5784 5785 5786 5787
It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.
5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821

Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:

PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED

And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:

PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.

2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.

3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:

PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs

PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
merely stops the function from being exported.

PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
point implementation or the fixed point one.  Typically the fixed point
implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
5822
on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843
system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
emulation.

4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED.  This allows the
functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)

B.2 Changes to the configuration mechanism

Prior to libpng-1.5.0 library builders who needed to configure libpng
had either to modify the exported pngconf.h header file to add system
specific configuration or had to write feature selection macros into
pngusr.h and cause this to be included into pngconf.h by defining
PNG_USER_CONFIG. The latter mechanism had the disadvantage that an
application built without PNG_USER_CONFIG defined would see the
unmodified, default, libpng API and thus would probably fail to link.

These mechanisms still work in the configure build and in any makefile
5844
build that builds pnglibconf.h, although the feature selection macros
5845 5846
have changed somewhat as described above.  In 1.5.0, however, pngusr.h is
processed only once, when the exported header file pnglibconf.h is built.
5847
pngconf.h no longer includes pngusr.h, therefore pngusr.h is ignored after the
5848 5849 5850
build of pnglibconf.h and it is never included in an application build.

The rarely used alternative of adding a list of feature macros to the
5851
CFLAGS setting in the build also still works; however, the macros will be
5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860
copied to pnglibconf.h and this may produce macro redefinition warnings
when the individual C files are compiled.

All configuration now only works if pnglibconf.h is built from
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  This requires the program awk.  Brian Kernighan
(the original author of awk) maintains C source code of that awk and this
and all known later implementations (often called by subtly different
names - nawk and gawk for example) are adequate to build pnglibconf.h.
The Sun Microsystems (now Oracle) program 'awk' is an earlier version
5861
and does not work; this may also apply to other systems that have a
5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872
functioning awk called 'nawk'.

Configuration options are now documented in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  This
file also includes dependency information that ensures a configuration is
consistent; that is, if a feature is switched off dependent features are
also removed.  As a recommended alternative to using feature macros in
pngusr.h a system builder may also define equivalent options in pngusr.dfa
(or, indeed, any file) and add that to the configuration by setting
DFA_XTRA to the file name.  The makefiles in contrib/pngminim illustrate
how to do this, and a case where pngusr.h is still required.

5873 5874 5875 5876
.SH XII.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x

A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c)
5877

5878 5879 5880
Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
symbols.

5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898
We no longer include string.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications.  Applications that
need access to information in string.h must add an '#include "string.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

The following API are now DEPRECATED:
   png_info_init_3()
   png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
     with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
   png_malloc_default()
   png_free_default()

The following has been removed:
   png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
     with png_get_io_chunk_type().  The new
     function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
     a string.
5899 5900 5901 5902
   The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
     png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
     have been removed.  These had already been made invisible to applications
     since libpng-1.5.0.
5903

5904
.SH XIII.  Detecting libpng
5905 5906 5907 5908

The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros.  It is the
best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
5909 5910 5911
libpng version since 0.88.  In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use

    AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
5912

5913
.SH XV. Source code repository
5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931

Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
control.  The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
going back to version 0.70.  You can access the git repository (read only)
at

    git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng

or you can browse it via "gitweb" at

    http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng

Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
the libpng bug tracker at

    http://libpng.sourceforge.net

5932 5933
We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
5934 5935
SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
mailing list, or directly to glennrp.
5936

5937
.SH XV. Coding style
5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960

Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly
braces on separate lines:

    if (condition)
    {
       action;
    }

    else if (another condition)
    {
       another action;
    }

The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:

    if (condition)
       return (0);

We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
plus four more spaces.

5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969
For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
in the first column.

    #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
    #  ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #    define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #  endif
    #endif

5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975
Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
the statement that follows the comment:

    /* Single-line comment */
    statement;

5976 5977
    /* This is a multiple-line
     * comment.
5978 5979 5980
     */
    statement;

5981
Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989
to which they pertain:

    statement;    /* comment */

We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
code.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
5990
Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
5991 5992 5993
exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:

 /* This is a public function that is visible to
5994
  * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001
  */
 void PNGAPI
 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

6002 6003 6004 6005
The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
above the comment that says

    /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014

We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":

 void /* PRIVATE */
 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

6015
The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
6016 6017
pngtest) appear in
pngpriv.h
6018 6019
above the comment that says

6020
  /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */
6021

6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032
We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:

  (sizeof (png_uint_32))
  (sizeof array)

Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
though it were a function.

6033
To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
6034
functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
6035
preprocessor macros begin with "PNG".  We request that applications that
6036
use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.
6037 6038

We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
6039
in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
6040 6041 6042
C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
"?".  We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
6043 6044 6045
left parenthesis that follows it:

    for (i = 2; i > 0; --i)
6046
       y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
6047

6048
We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
6049 6050
when there is only one macro being tested.

6051 6052 6053
We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format,
with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100).

6054 6055 6056
We prefer to use underscores in variable names rather than camelCase, except
for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.

6057 6058
We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.

6059 6060
Lines do not exceed 80 characters.

6061
Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
6062

6063
.SH XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
6064

6065
November 1, 2012
6066 6067 6068 6069

Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
an official declaration.

6070
This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
6071
upward through 1.6.0beta32 are Y2K compliant.  It is my belief that earlier
6072
versions were also Y2K compliant.
6073

6074 6075 6076
Libpng only has two year fields.  One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
that will hold years up to 65535.  The other, which is deprecated,
holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
6077 6078 6079 6080

The integer is
    "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.

6081 6082 6083
The string is
    "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct.  This is no longer used
in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
6084 6085 6086

There are seven time-related functions:

6087
    png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c
6088
      (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error)
6089 6090
    png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
      in pngwrite.c
6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096
    png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
    png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
    png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
    png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
    png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c

6097
All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment.  The
6098 6099 6100 6101
png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
the full 4-digit year.  There is a possibility that applications using
libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
6102 6103 6104 6105 6106
function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
but this is not under our control.  The libpng documentation has always
stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
documented as such.
6107 6108 6109 6110

The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant.  It uses a 2-byte unsigned
integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.

6111 6112 6113
zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant.  It contains
no date-related code.

6114 6115 6116 6117 6118

   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   libpng maintainer
   PNG Development Group

6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128
.SH NOTE

Note about libpng version numbers:

Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities
and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering
on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward.
The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was
the first widely used release:

6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164
 source             png.h  png.h  shared-lib
 version            string   int  version
 -------            ------  ----- ----------
 0.89c ("beta 3")  0.89       89  1.0.89
 0.90  ("beta 4")  0.90       90  0.90
 0.95  ("beta 5")  0.95       95  0.95
 0.96  ("beta 6")  0.96       96  0.96
 0.97b ("beta 7")  1.00.97    97  1.0.1
 0.97c             0.97       97  2.0.97
 0.98              0.98       98  2.0.98
 0.99              0.99       98  2.0.99
 0.99a-m           0.99       99  2.0.99
 1.00              1.00      100  2.1.0
 1.0.0             1.0.0     100  2.1.0
 1.0.0   (from here on, the  100  2.1.0
 1.0.1    png.h string is  10001  2.1.0
 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002  from here on, the
 1.0.2    source version)  10002  shared library is 2.V
 1.0.2a-b                  10003  where V is the source
 1.0.1                     10001  code version except as
 1.0.1a-e                  10002  2.1.0.1a-e   noted.
 1.0.2                     10002  2.1.0.2
 1.0.2a-b                  10003  2.1.0.2a-b
 1.0.3                     10003  2.1.0.3
 1.0.3a-d                  10004  2.1.0.3a-d
 1.0.4                     10004  2.1.0.4
 1.0.4a-f                  10005  2.1.0.4a-f
 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches)       10005  2.1.0.5
 1.0.5a-d                  10006  2.1.0.5a-d
 1.0.5e-r                  10100  2.1.0.5e-r
 1.0.5s-v                  10006  2.1.0.5s-v
 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches)       10006  2.1.0.6
 1.0.6d-g                  10007  2.1.0.6d-g
 1.0.6h                    10007  10.6h
 1.0.6i                    10007  10.6i
 1.0.6j                    10007  2.1.0.6j
6165
 1.0.7beta11-14    DLLNUM  10007  2.1.0.7beta11-14
6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176
 1.0.7beta15-18       1    10007  2.1.0.7beta15-18
 1.0.7rc1-2           1    10007  2.1.0.7rc1-2
 1.0.7                1    10007  2.1.0.7
 1.0.8beta1-4         1    10008  2.1.0.8beta1-4
 1.0.8rc1             1    10008  2.1.0.8rc1
 1.0.8                1    10008  2.1.0.8
 1.0.9beta1-6         1    10009  2.1.0.9beta1-6
 1.0.9rc1             1    10009  2.1.0.9rc1
 1.0.9beta7-10        1    10009  2.1.0.9beta7-10
 1.0.9rc2             1    10009  2.1.0.9rc2
 1.0.9                1    10009  2.1.0.9
6177
 1.0.10beta1          1    10010  2.1.0.10beta1
6178
 1.0.10rc1            1    10010  2.1.0.10rc1
6179
 1.0.10               1    10010  2.1.0.10
6180
 1.0.11beta1-3        1    10011  2.1.0.11beta1-3
6181
 1.0.11rc1            1    10011  2.1.0.11rc1
6182
 1.0.11               1    10011  2.1.0.11
6183 6184 6185 6186
 1.0.12beta1-2        2    10012  2.1.0.12beta1-2
 1.0.12rc1            2    10012  2.1.0.12rc1
 1.0.12               2    10012  2.1.0.12
 1.1.0a-f             -    10100  2.1.1.0a-f abandoned
6187
 1.2.0beta1-2         2    10200  2.1.2.0beta1-2
6188 6189 6190
 1.2.0beta3-5         3    10200  3.1.2.0beta3-5
 1.2.0rc1             3    10200  3.1.2.0rc1
 1.2.0                3    10200  3.1.2.0
6191
 1.2.1beta-4          3    10201  3.1.2.1beta1-4
6192 6193
 1.2.1rc1-2           3    10201  3.1.2.1rc1-2
 1.2.1                3    10201  3.1.2.1
6194
 1.2.2beta1-6        12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2beta1-6
6195 6196 6197
 1.0.13beta1         10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13beta1
 1.0.13rc1           10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13rc1
 1.2.2rc1            12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2rc1
6198 6199
 1.0.13              10    10013  10.so.0.1.0.13
 1.2.2               12    10202  12.so.0.1.2.2
6200 6201
 1.2.3rc1-6          12    10203  12.so.0.1.2.3rc1-6
 1.2.3               12    10203  12.so.0.1.2.3
6202
 1.2.4beta1-3        13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4beta1-3
6203
 1.2.4rc1            13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4rc1
6204 6205
 1.0.14              10    10014  10.so.0.1.0.14
 1.2.4               13    10204  12.so.0.1.2.4
6206 6207
 1.2.5beta1-2        13    10205  12.so.0.1.2.5beta1-2
 1.0.15rc1           10    10015  10.so.0.1.0.15rc1
6208 6209 6210
 1.0.15              10    10015  10.so.0.1.0.15
 1.2.5               13    10205  12.so.0.1.2.5
 1.2.6beta1-4        13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6beta1-4
6211 6212 6213
 1.2.6rc1-5          13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6rc1-5
 1.0.16              10    10016  10.so.0.1.0.16
 1.2.6               13    10206  12.so.0.1.2.6
6214
 1.2.7beta1-2        13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7beta1-2
6215 6216
 1.0.17rc1           10    10017  12.so.0.1.0.17rc1
 1.2.7rc1            13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7rc1
6217 6218
 1.0.17              10    10017  12.so.0.1.0.17
 1.2.7               13    10207  12.so.0.1.2.7
6219
 1.2.8beta1-5        13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8beta1-5
6220 6221
 1.0.18rc1-5         10    10018  12.so.0.1.0.18rc1-5
 1.2.8rc1-5          13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8rc1-5
6222 6223
 1.0.18              10    10018  12.so.0.1.0.18
 1.2.8               13    10208  12.so.0.1.2.8
6224
 1.2.9beta1-3        13    10209  12.so.0.1.2.9beta1-3
6225
 1.2.9beta4-11       13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
6226
 1.2.9rc1            13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
6227
 1.2.9               13    10209  12.so.0.9[.0]
6228
 1.2.10beta1-7       13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
6229
 1.2.10rc1-2         13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
6230
 1.2.10              13    10210  12.so.0.10[.0]
6231
 1.4.0beta1-6        14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
6232
 1.2.11beta1-4       13    10210  12.so.0.11[.0]
6233
 1.4.0beta7-8        14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
6234 6235 6236 6237
 1.2.11              13    10211  12.so.0.11[.0]
 1.2.12              13    10212  12.so.0.12[.0]
 1.4.0beta9-14       14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
 1.2.13              13    10213  12.so.0.13[.0]
6238
 1.4.0beta15-36      14    10400  14.so.0.0[.0]
6239
 1.4.0beta37-87      14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
6240
 1.4.0rc01           14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
6241
 1.4.0beta88-109     14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
6242
 1.4.0rc02-08        14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
6243
 1.4.0               14    10400  14.so.14.0[.0]
6244 6245
 1.4.1beta01-03      14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
 1.4.1rc01           14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
6246
 1.4.1beta04-12      14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
6247
 1.4.1               14    10401  14.so.14.1[.0]
6248 6249
 1.4.2               14    10402  14.so.14.2[.0]
 1.4.3               14    10403  14.so.14.3[.0]
6250
 1.4.4               14    10404  14.so.14.4[.0]
6251
 1.5.0beta01-58      15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
6252
 1.5.0rc01-07        15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
6253
 1.5.0               15    10500  15.so.15.0[.0]
6254
 1.5.1beta01-11      15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
6255 6256
 1.5.1rc01-02        15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
 1.5.1               15    10501  15.so.15.1[.0]
6257
 1.5.2beta01-03      15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
6258
 1.5.2rc01-03        15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
6259
 1.5.2               15    10502  15.so.15.2[.0]
6260
 1.5.3beta01-10      15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
6261
 1.5.3rc01-02        15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
6262 6263
 1.5.3beta11         15    10503  15.so.15.3[.0]
 1.5.3 [omitted]
6264
 1.5.4beta01-08      15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
6265
 1.5.4rc01           15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
6266
 1.5.4               15    10504  15.so.15.4[.0]
6267 6268
 1.5.5beta01-08      15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
 1.5.5rc01           15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
6269
 1.5.5               15    10505  15.so.15.5[.0]
6270
 1.5.6beta01-07      15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
6271 6272
 1.5.6rc01-03        15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
 1.5.6               15    10506  15.so.15.6[.0]
6273
 1.5.7beta01-05      15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
6274 6275
 1.5.7rc01-03        15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
 1.5.7               15    10507  15.so.15.7[.0]
6276
 1.6.0beta01-32      16    10600  16.so.16.0[.0]
6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283

Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor
and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be
used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended.  The
PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available
for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding
to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z).  Beta versions
6284 6285 6286
were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until
version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public
release number plus "betaNN" or "rcN".
6287

6288
.SH "SEE ALSO"
6289
.BR "png"(5), " libpngpf"(3), " zlib"(3), " deflate"(5), " " and " zlib"(5)
6290

6291
.LP
6292 6293
.IR libpng :
.IP
6294
http://libpng.sourceforge.net (follow the [DOWNLOAD] link)
6295
http://www.libpng.org/pub/png
6296

6297
.LP
6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303
.IR zlib :
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
6304
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
6305

6306 6307
.LP
.IR PNG specification: RFC 2083
6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc2083.txt
.br
or (as a W3C Recommendation) at
.br
http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png.html
6318

6319
.LP
6320 6321 6322
In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification
and this library, the specification takes precedence.

6323
.SH AUTHORS
6324
This man page: Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6325
<glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331

The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped
with testing, bug fixes, and patience.  This wouldn't have been
possible without all of you.

Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation.
6332

6333
Libpng version 1.6.0beta32 - November 1, 2012:
6334
Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc.
6335
Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net).
6336

6337 6338
Supported by the PNG development group
.br
6339 6340
png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
6341
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
6342 6343
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe).
6344

6345
.SH COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
6346

6347 6348 6349 6350
(This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience.  In case of
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.)

6351 6352
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
6353

6354
This code is released under the libpng license.
6355

6356
libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.6.0beta32, November 1, 2012, are
6357
Copyright (c) 2004,2006-2007 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
6358
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5
6359
with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors
6360 6361 6362 6363

   Cosmin Truta

libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are
6364
Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
6365
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6
6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors

   Simon-Pierre Cadieux
   Eric S. Raymond
   Gilles Vollant

and with the following additions to the disclaimer:

6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380
   There is no warranty against interference with your
   enjoyment of the library or against infringement.
   There is no warranty that our efforts or the library
   will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs.
   This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
   risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and
   effort is with the user.
6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394

libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:

   Tom Lane
   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   Willem van Schaik

libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400

   John Bowler
   Kevin Bracey
   Sam Bushell
   Magnus Holmgren
   Greg Roelofs
6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410
   Tom Tanner

libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.

For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:

   Andreas Dilger
   Dave Martindale
6411 6412 6413
   Guy Eric Schalnat
   Paul Schmidt
   Tim Wegner
6414

6415 6416
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS".  The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
6417 6418 6419 6420 6421
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose.  The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
6422

6423 6424 6425 6426
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:

6427
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
6428

6429 6430
2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and
   must not be misrepresented as being the original source.
6431

6432 6433
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from
   any source or altered source distribution.
6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440

The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products.  If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.

6441

6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:

   printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL));

Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
6448
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
6449

6450
Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software.  OSI Certified Open Source is a
6451 6452
certification mark of the Open Source Initiative.

6453
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6454
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
6455
November 1, 2012
6456

6457 6458
.\" end of man page